Reference Guide

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsPowerSwitch S4810P

FTOS Command Line Reference

Guide for the S4810 System

FTOS 8.3.12.2

Publication Date: January 2013

Summary of content (1580 pages)

PAGE 1
FTOS Command Line Reference Guide for the S4810 System FTOS 8.3.12.
PAGE 2
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Information in this publication is subject to change without notice. © 2013 Dell Force10. All rights reserved.
PAGE 3
1 About this Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13 Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 4
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Upgrading the C-Series FPGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61 4 Control and Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 5
11 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417 CAM Profile Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417 Important Points to Remember . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418 CAM IPv4flow Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 6
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 19 High Availability (HA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535 20 ICMP Message Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 7
27 iSCSI Optimization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .853 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 853 28 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .861 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 861 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 8
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 36 Object Tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027 IPv4 Object Tracking Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1027 IPv6 Object Tracking Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 9
44 Remote Monitoring (RMON) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1253 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1253 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1253 45 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1267 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 10
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 51 Storm Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1409 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1409 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1409 Important Points to Remember . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 11
60 SNMP Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1525 61 Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1529 62 Command Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PAGE 12
| www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 13
1 About this Guide This book provides information on the FTOS Command Line Interface (CLI). It includes some information on the protocols and features found in FTOS and on the Dell Force10 systems supported by FTOS (C-Series c, E-Series e, and S-Series s).
PAGE 14
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Conventions This document uses the following conventions to describe command syntax: Convention Description keyword Keywords are in bold and should be entered in the CLI as listed. parameter Parameters are in italics and require a number or word to be entered in the CLI. {X} Keywords and parameters within braces must be entered in the CLI. [X] Keywords and parameters within brackets are optional.
PAGE 15
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command structure and command modes. FTOS commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use launch commands, change the command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
PAGE 16
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Multiple Configuration Users When a user enters the CONFIGURATION mode and another user(s) is already in that configuration mode, FTOS generates an alert warning message similar to the following: FTOS#conf % Warning: The following users are currently configuring the system: User "" on line User "admin" on User "admin" on User "Irene" on FTOS#conf console0 line vty0 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty1 ( 123.12.1.123 ) line vty3 ( 123.12.1.
PAGE 17
Table 2-1.
PAGE 18
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • Enter a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?. To obtain a list of keywords with a brief functional description, do the following: • Enter help at the prompt. To obtain a list of available options, do the following: • Type a keyword followed by a space and a ? Type a partial keyword followed by a ? • A display of keywords beginning with the partial keyword is listed.
PAGE 19
Use the left and right arrow keys to navigate left or right in the FTOS command line. Table 2-2 defines the key combinations valid at the FTOS command line. Table 2-2. Short-cut Keys and their Actions Key Combination Action CNTL-A Moves the cursor to the beginning of the command line. CNTL-B Moves the cursor back one character. CNTL-D Deletes character at cursor. CNTL-E Moves the cursor to the end of the line. CNTL-F Moves the cursor forward one character. CNTL-I Completes a keyword.
PAGE 20
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 21
Command Modes To navigate to various CLI modes, you need to use specific commands to launch each mode. Navigation to these modes is discussed in the following sections. Note: Some of the following modes are not available on C-Series or S-Series. EXEC Mode When you initially log in to the switch, by default, you are logged into the EXEC mode. This mode allows you to view settings and to enter the EXEC Privilege mode to configure the device.
PAGE 22
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To enter INTERFACE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged into the CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the interface command followed by an interface type and interface number that is available on the switch. 3. The prompt changes to include the designated interface and slot/port number, as outlined in Table 2-3. Table 2-3.
PAGE 23
You can exit this mode by using the exit command. MAC ACCESS LIST Mode While in the CONFIGURATION mode, use the mac access-list standard or mac access-list extended command to enter the MAC ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACL). To enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to the CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the mac access-list standard or mac access-list extended command. You must include a name for the ACL.
PAGE 24
www.dell.com | support.dell.com PREFIX-LIST Mode While in the CONFIGURATION mode, use the ip prefix-list command to enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. To enter PREFIX-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to the CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip prefix-list command. You must include a name for the prefix list.The prompt changes to include (conf-nprefixl). You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command.
PAGE 25
1. Verify that you are logged in to the CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the ip redirect-list command. You must include a name for the Redirect-list.The prompt changes to include (conf-redirect-list). You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command. SPANNING TREE Mode Use the STP mode to enable and configure the Spanning Tree protocol, as described in Chapter 52, Spanning Tree Protocol (STP). To enter STP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged into the CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 26
www.dell.com | support.dell.com MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Mode Use MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode to enable and configure the Multiple Spanning Tree protocol, as described in Chapter 33, Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP). To enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged into the CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree mstp command. You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command.
PAGE 27
2. Enter the router rip command.The prompt changes to include (conf-router_rip). You can switch to the INTERFACE mode by using the interface command or you can switch to the ROUTER OSPF mode by using the router ospf command. ROUTER ISIS Mode Use the ROUTER ISIS mode to configure ISIS on the E-Series, as described in the E-Series E-Series FTOS Command Line Reference Guide chapter Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS). To enter ROUTER ISIS mode: 1.
PAGE 28
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Determining the Chassis Mode 28 The chassis mode in FTOS determines which hardware is being supported in an E-Series chassis. The chassis mode is programmed into an EEPROM on the backplane of the chassis and the change takes place only after the chassis is rebooted. Configuring the appropriate chassis mode enables the system to use all the ports on the card and recognize all software features.
PAGE 29
3 File Management Overview This chapter contains commands needed to manage the configuration files and includes other file management commands found in FTOS. The commands in this chapter are supported by FTOS on Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, S4810.
PAGE 30
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 31
Dell Force10 strongly recommends using local files for configuration (RPM0 or RPM1 flash or slot0). When you specify a file as the boot config file, it is listed in the boot variables (bootvar) as LOCAL CONFIG FILE. If you do not specify a boot config file, then the startup-configuration is used, although the bootvar shows LOCAL CONFIG FILE = variable does not exist. When you specify a boot config file, the switch reloads with that config file, rather than the startup-config.
PAGE 32
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History primary Enter the keywords primary to attempt to load the primary host configuration files. secondary Enter the keywords secondary to attempt to load the secondary host configuration files. remote-url Enter the following location keywords and information: • For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp://user:password@hostip/filepath • For a file on a TFTP server, enter tftp://hostip/filepath Not configured.
PAGE 33
Related Commands show bootvar Display the variable settings for the E-Series boot parameters. boot system ce Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Tell the system where to access the FTOS image used to boot the system. boot system {rpm0 | rpm1} (default | primary | secondary} file-url rpm0 Enter the keyword rpm0 to configure boot parameters for RPM0. rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to configure boot parameters for RPM1.
PAGE 34
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes Usage Information Command History ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. CONFIGURATION Saving the address to the startup configuration file preserves the address in NVRAM in case the startup configuration file is deleted. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Related Commands change bootflash-image Change the primary, secondary, or default boot image configuration.
PAGE 35
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information A system message appears stating that the bootflash image has been changed. You must reload the system before the system can switch to the new bootflash image. copy ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Copy one file to another location. FTOS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the hostip field).
PAGE 36
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The usbflash and rpm0usbflash commands are supported on E-Series ExaScale platform only. Refer to the FTOS Release Notes for a list of approved USB vendors. When copying a file to a remote location (for example, using Secure Copy (SCP)), enter only the keywords and FTOS prompts you for the rest of the information. For example, when using SCP, you can enter copy running-config scp: The running-config is the source, and the target is specified in the ensuing prompts.
PAGE 37
Parameters source-url Enter the source file in url format. The source file is a valid Dell Force10 release image. Image validation is automatic. target-url Enter the local target file in url format. boot-image Enter the keyword boot-image to designate this copy command as a streamline update. synchronize-rpm Enter the keyword synchronize-rpm to copy the new image file to the peer RPM.
PAGE 38
www.dell.com | support.dell.com When you use the copy running-config startup-config duplicate command to copy the running configuration to the startup configuration, FTOS creates a backup file on the internal flash of the startup configuration. delete ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Delete a file from the flash. Once deleted, files cannot be restored.
PAGE 39
flash: 64077824 bytes total (57454592 bytes free) FTOS# Related Commands cd Change working directory. download alt-boot-image ce Syntax Command Modes Command History Download an alternate boot image to the chassis. download alt-boot-image file-url EXEC Privilege Version 7.7.1.0 Removed from E-Series and C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Starting with FTOS 7.7.1.0, the functions of this command are incorporated into the upgrade command.
PAGE 40
www.dell.com | support.dell.com download alt-system-image e Syntax Command Modes Command History Usage Information Download an alternate system image (not the boot flash or boot selector image) to the chassis. download alt-system-image file-url EXEC Privilege Version 7.7.1.0 Removed from E-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced Starting with FTOS 7.7.1.0, the functions of this command are incorporated into the upgrade command. For software upgrade details, refer to the FTOS Release Notes.
PAGE 41
5. All trace logs, crash logs, core dumps, and call-home logs are erased. 6. In-service Process patches are erased. After reformatting is complete, three empty directories are automatically created on flash: CRASH_LOG_DIR, TRACE_LOG_DIR and NVTRACE_LOG_DIR. Note: Version option is available on LC-ED-RPM only. LC-EE3-RPM, LC-EF-RPM, and LC-EF3-RPM supports DOS 2.0 only. Related Commands show file Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem.
PAGE 42
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Default Command Modes Command History Usage Information flash: | slot0: | usbflash: flash: Reformat the file system in the internal flash memory. slot0: Reformat the file system in the external flash memory, i.e., SSD. usbflash: Reformat the file system in the usbflash. flash memory EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000 You must include the colon (:) when entering this command.
PAGE 43
Related Commands logging coredump server Designate a sever to upload kernel core-dumps. logging coredump server ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Designate a server to upload core dumps. logging coredump server {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} username name password [type] password {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} Enter the server IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X). name Enter a username to access the target server.
PAGE 44
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Example Related Commands FTOS#pwd flash: FTOS# cd Change directory. rename ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Rename a file in the local file system. rename url url url Enter the following keywords and a filename: • For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on the external Flash, enter slot0:// followed by the filename.
PAGE 45
Example FTOS#show bootvar PRIMARY IMAGE FILE = ftp://box:password@10.31.1.205//home/5.3.1/5.3.1.0/ FTOS-ED-RPM1-5.3.1.0.bin SECONDARY IMAGE FILE = variable does not exist DEFAULT IMAGE FILE = flash://FTOS-ED-5.3.1.0.
PAGE 46
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show file ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Display contents of a text file in the local filesystem. show file filesystem filesystem Enter one of the following: • flash: for the internal Flash • slot0: for the external Flash EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 47
Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Example FTOS#show file-systems Size(b) Free(b) 63938560 51646464 63938560 18092032 FTOS# Table 3-1. Related Commands Feature dosFs2.0 dosFs1.
PAGE 48
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view a table with information on all present linecards. boot-information (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword boot-information to view cache boot information of all line cards in table format. EXEC Privilege Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 49
Example (E-Series) FTOS#show os-version RELEASE IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Platform Version Size ReleaseTime E-series: EF 7.5.1.0 27676168 Aug 15 2007 10:06:21 TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------------Type Version Target checksum runtime 7.5.1.0 control processor passed runtime 7.5.1.0 route processor passed runtime 7.5.1.0 terascale linecard passed boot flash 2.4.1.
PAGE 50
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters 50 entity (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the keywords listed below to display that entity’s current (non-default) configuration.
PAGE 51
Command Modes Command History • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • mac for the current MAC ACL configuration mac-address-table for the current MAC configuration management-route for the current Management port forwarding configuration mld for the current MLD configuration monitor for the current Monitor configuration mroute for the current Mroutes configuration msdp for the current MSDP configuration ntp for the current NTP configuration ospf for the current OSPF configuration pim for the curre
PAGE 52
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example (partial) FTOS#show running-config Current Configuration ... ! Version 7.4.1.0 ! Last configuration change at Tue Apr 10 17:43:38 2007 by admin ! Startup-config last updated at Thu Mar 29 02:35:08 2007 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary flash://FTOS-EF-7.4.1.0.bin boot system rpm0 secondary flash://FTOS-EF-6.3.1.2.bin boot system rpm0 default flash://FTOS-EF-6.5.1.8.bin ! ...
PAGE 53
Example (show sfm all) FTOS#show sfm all Switch Fabric State: up -- Switch Fabric Modules -Slot Status --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 active 1 active 2 active 3 active 4 active 5 active 6 active 7 active 8 active FTOS# Table 3-2. show sfm Command Output Fields Field Description Switch Fabric State: States that the Switch Fabric is up (8 SFMs are online and operating). Status Displays the SFM’s active status. Card Type States the type of SFM.
PAGE 54
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ! Version 7.4.1.0 ! Last configuration change at Thu Mar 29 02:16:07 2007 by default ! Startup-config last updated at Thu Mar 29 02:35:08 2007 by default ! boot system rpm0 primary flash://FTOS-EF-7.4.1.0.bin boot system rpm0 secondary flash://FTOS-EF-6.3.1.2.bin boot system rpm0 default flash://FTOS-EF-6.5.1.8.bin ! ... Related Commands show running-config Display current (running) configuration.
PAGE 55
1 FastEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 120 GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) 14 SONET network interface(s) 4 Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) FTOS# Example (S-Series) FTOS#show version Dell Force10 Networks Real Time Operating System Software Dell Force10 Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Force10 Application Software Version: E7-8-1-13 Copyright (c) 1999-2008 by Dell Force10 Networks, Inc.
PAGE 56
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 3-3. show version Command Fields Lines beginning with Description Dell Force10 Network... Name of the operating system Dell Force10 Operating... OS version number Dell Force10 Application... Software version Copyright (c)... Copyright information Build Time... Software build’s date stamp Build Path... Location of the software build files loaded on the system Dell Force10 uptime is... Amount of time the system has been up System image...
PAGE 57
booted Enter this keyword to upgrade using the image packed with the currently running FTOS image. file-url Enter the following location keywords and information to upgrade using an FTOS image other than the one currently running: Enter the transfer method and file location: flash://filename ftp://userid:password@hostip/filepath slot0://filename tftp://hostip/filepath Defaults Command Modes Command History No configuration or default values EXEC Privilege Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 58
www.dell.com | support.dell.com all Enter the keyword all to upgrade the bootflash or boot selector image on all processors. This keyword does not upgrade the bootflash on the standby RPM. Enter the keyword all after the keyword linecard to upgrade the bootflash or boot selector image on all linecards. linecard number Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number.
PAGE 59
Related Commands upgrade fpga-image Upgrade the FPGA version in the specified E-Series SFM. boot system Display configured boot image information upgrade (S-Series management unit and Z9000) sz Upgrade the bootflash image or system image of the S-Series or Z-Series management unit. Syntax upgrade {boot | system} {ftp: | scp: | tftp: | flash: {A: |B:} | stack-unit | usbflash | slot0:} file-url Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History boot Enter this keyword to change the boot image.
PAGE 60
www.dell.com | support.dell.com FTOS#$pgrade system ftp://username:password@10.11.1.1/FTOS-SB-7.7.1.0.bin !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! Erasing Sseries ImageUpgrade Table of Contents, please wait .!........................................................................................... ...................................................................................................... ........................
PAGE 61
Upgrading the C-Series FPGA These commands are for upgrading the FPGA for C-Series RPMs and line cards. • • restore fpga-imagee upgrade fpga-image restore fpga-image c Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Example Copy the backup C-Series FPGA image to the primary FPGA image. restore fpga-image {rpm | linecard} number rpm Enter rpm to upgrade an RPM FPGA. linecard Enter linecard to upgrade a line card FPGA. number Enter the line card or RPM slot number.
PAGE 62
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands reset Reset a card. upgrade fpga-image c Syntax Upgrade the primary FPGA image. upgrade fpga-image {rpm {number | all}| linecard {number | all} [system-fpga | link-fpga] | all} {booted | file-url} Parameters rpm number Enter rpm followed by the RPM slot number to upgrade an RPM FPGA Range: 0-1 linecard number Enter linecard followed by the line card slot number to upgrade a linecard FPGA.
PAGE 63
Example Usage Information Related Commands FTOS#conf FTOS(conf)# upgrade primary-fpga-flash rpm Proceed to upgrade primary fpga flash for rpm 0 [confirm yes/no]: yes !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! FTOS# Reset the card using the power-cycle option after restoring the FPGA command. reset Reset a line card or RPM. restore fpga-image This command copies the backup FPGA image to the primary FPGA image.
PAGE 64
| File Management www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 65
4 Control and Monitoring Overview This chapter contains the following commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, FTP, and TFTP as they apply to the following Dell Force10 platforms e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or . Note: Beginning in release 8.3.10.0, the enable xfp-power-updates command was deprecated for the S4810 only. It was replaced by the enable optic-info-update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the SNMP MIB.
PAGE 66
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 67
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. audible cut-off e Syntax Turn off an audible alarm. audible cut-off Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 68
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Enter TEXT message. End with the character '%'. This is the banner% FTOS(conf)#end FTOS#exit 4d21h5m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user on line console This is the banner FTOS con0 now available Press RETURN to get started. 4d21h6m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner FTOS> Related Commands banner login Sets a banner for login connections to the system.
PAGE 69
Usage Information Related Commands A login banner message is displayed only in EXEC Privilege mode after entering the enable command followed by the password. These banners are not displayed to users in EXEC mode. banner exec Sets a banner to be displayed when you enter EXEC Privilege mode. banner motd Sets a Message of the Day banner.
PAGE 70
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands banner exec Sets a banner to be displayed when you enter the EXEC Privilege mode. banner login Sets a banner to be displayed after successful login to the system. cam-audit linecard e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enable audit of the IPv4 forwarding table on all line cards. cam-audit linecard all ipv4-fib interval time-in-minutes all Enter the keyword all to enable CAM audit on all line cards.
PAGE 71
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on S4810 Enables periodic audits of software and hardware copies of the IPv4 and IPv6 forwarding table. clear alarms ces Syntax Command Modes Command History Clear alarms on the system. clear alarms EXEC Privilege Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information This command clear alarms that are no longer active.
PAGE 72
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters line-number Enter a number for one of the 12 terminal lines on the system. Range: 0 to 11. aux 0 Enter the keywords aux 0 to reset the Auxiliary port. Note: This option is supported on E-Series only. Command Modes Command History console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to reset the Console port. vty number Enter the keyword vty followed by a number to clear a Terminal line. Range: 0 to 9 EXEC Privilege Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 73
Command History Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series This command enables (and disables) the collection of CPU traffic statistics from the time this command is executed (not from system boot). However, excessive traffic received by a CPU will automatically trigger (turn on) the collection of CPU traffic statics.
PAGE 74
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command do ces Syntax Parameters Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. do command command Enter an EXEC-level command.
PAGE 75
enable ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password. enable [level] level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of FTOS. Range: 0 to 15. Default: 15 15 EXEC Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 76
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The default interval for the polling is 300 seconds (5 minutes). Use this command to enable the polling and to configure the polling frequency. enable xfp-power-updates ces Syntax Enable XFP power updates for SNMP. enable xfp-power-updates interval seconds To disable XFP power updates, use the no enable xfp-power-updates command.
PAGE 77
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Related Commands exit Return to the lower command mode. epoch e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Set the epoch scheduling time for the chassis. epoch {2.4 |3.2 | 10.4} 2.4 Enter the keyword 2.4 to set the epoch to 2.4 micro-seconds and lower the latency. This option is available on the E600i and E1200i E-Series ExaScale systems only. 3.2 Enter the keyword 3.2 to set the epoch to 3.
PAGE 78
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Note: For E-Series ExaScale, the 2.4 setting is supported on FTOS version 8.3.1.0 and later. The 10.4 setting is supported on all ExaScale FTOS versions. The 3.2 setting is only supported on FTOS versions 8.2.1.0 and earlier. exec-banner ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Enable the display of a text string when the user enters the EXEC mode. exec-banner Enabled on all lines (if configured, the banner appears). LINE Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 79
Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information To remove the time interval, enter exec-timeout 0 0. Example FTOS con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. FTOS> exit ce s Syntax Command Modes Command History Return to the lower command mode.
PAGE 80
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Connected to 10.31.1.111. 220 FTOS (1.0) FTP server ready Name (10.31.1.111:dch): dch 331 Password required Password: 230 User logged in ftp> pwd 257 Current directory is "flash:" ftp> dir 200 Port set okay 150 Opening ASCII mode data connection size date time name ------------------------512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgtimg 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 diagnostic 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 other 512 Jul-20-2004 18:15:00 tgt 226 Transfer complete 329 bytes received in 0.
PAGE 81
ftp-server username ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Create a user name and associated password for incoming FTP server sessions. ftp-server username username password [encryption-type] password username Enter a text string up to 40 characters long as the user name. password password Enter the keyword password followed by a string up to 40 characters long as the password. Without specifying an encryption type, the password is unencrypted.
PAGE 82
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip ftp password ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections. ip ftp password [encryption-type] password encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: • 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password • 7 (seven) for hidden text password password Enter a string up to 40 characters as the password. Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.
PAGE 83
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 84
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Related Commands You must also configure a password with the ip ftp password command. ip ftp password Set the password for FTP connections. ip telnet server enable ces Syntax Enable the Telnet server on the switch.
PAGE 85
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 86
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 87
Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Related Commands You cannot delete a terminal connection. access-class Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in an IP access control list (ACL). password Specify a password for users on terminal lines.
PAGE 88
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 89
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information port-set0 port-number [port-number] Enter the port number(s) used to specify the active ports on port pipe 0. Port-number range: 0 - 2. On port pipe 0, 0 - 2 corresponds to ports 0, 1, and 2 on the line card. If you configure linerate mode, enter one port number for port pipe 0. If you configure oversubscribed mode, enter two port numbers (separated by a space).
PAGE 90
www.dell.com | support.dell.com module power-off ce Turn off power to a line card at next reboot. Syntax module power-off linecard number Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History linecard number Enter the keyword line card followed by the line card slot number C-Series Range: 0-7 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200/1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale E600i Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 91
Parameter vrf (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the VRF Instance name of the device to which you are testing connectivity. host (OPTIONAL) Enter the host name of the devices to which you are testing connectivity. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the device to which you are testing connectivity. The address must be in the dotted decimal format. ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) E-Series only Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity.
PAGE 92
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 8.4.1.0 IPv6 pinging available on management interface. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced extended ping options. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale (IPv6) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale (IPv4) Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 93
power-off ce Turn off power to a selected line card or the standby (extra) Switch Fabric Module (SFM). Syntax power-off {linecard number | sfm sfm-slot-id} Parameters linecard number Enter the keyword linecard and a number for the line card slot number. C-Series Range: 0-7 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200/E1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. sfm sfm-slot-id Enter the keyword sfm by the slot number of the SFM to which you want to turn off power.
PAGE 94
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands power-off Power off a line card or standby SFM. reload ces Syntax Command Modes Command History Reboot FTOS. reload EXEC Privilege Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Related Commands If there is a change in the configuration, FTOS will prompt you to save the new configuration. Or you can save your running configuration with the copy running-config command.
PAGE 95
Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information The command reset without any options is a soft reset, which means FTOS boots the line card from its runtime image. The hard option reloads the FTOS image on the line card. Use the power-cycle after upgrading an FPGA. When a soft reset is issued on a line card (reset linecard number), FTOS boots the line card from its runtime image.
PAGE 96
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information aux Enter the keyword aux to send a message to an Auxiliary line. Note: This option is supported on E-Series only. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the Primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the Virtual terminal No default behavior or values EXEC Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 97
Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug uptime in the running-configuration. Use the show running-config command to view the current options set for the service timestamps command.
PAGE 98
www.dell.com | support.dell.com FTOS# show chassis ce View the configuration and status of modules in the system. Use this command to determine the chassis mode. Syntax show chassis [brief] Parameters brief Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a summary of the show chassis output. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 99
3 4 5 6 7 8 active active active active active active -- Power Entry Modules -Bay Status --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 up 1 up -- Fan Status -Tray Status Temp Volt Speed PEM0 PEM1 Fan1 Fan2 Fan3 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 up < 50C 12-16V low/2100-2700 RPM up up up up up 1 up < 50C 12-16V low/2100-2700 RPM up up up up up 2 up < 50C 12-16V low/2100-2700 RPM up up up up up 3 up < 50C 12-16V low/2100-2700 RPM up
PAGE 100
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 101
Enable privilege mode: enable <0-15> command usage:3 option usage: exit command usage:1 show command-tree count command usage:9 option usage: show version ! Global configuration mode: command usage:1 aaa authentication enable WORD default enable line none radius tacacs+ command usage:1 option usage: option usage: option usage: option usage: option usage: option usage: option usage: 0 3 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 show console lp ce View the buffered boot-up log of a line card.
PAGE 102
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show cpu-traffic-stats [port number | all | cp | linecard {all | slot# } | rp1 | rp2 ] port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the port number to display traffic statistics on that port only. Range: 1 to 1568 all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to display traffic statistics on all the interfaces receiving traffic, sorted based on traffic.
PAGE 103
Usage Information Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified. Traffic information is displayed for router ports only; not for management interfaces. The traffic statistics are collected only after the debug cpu-traffic-stats command is executed; not from the system bootup.
PAGE 104
www.dell.com | support.dell.com linecard Enter the keyword linecard to view only information on line cards linecard-voltage Enter the keyword linecard-voltage to view line card voltage information. PEM Enter the keyword pem to view only information on power entry modules. RPM Enter the keyword rpm to view only information on RPMs. SFM Enter the keyword sfm to view only information on SFMs. Note: This option is supported on E-Series only.
PAGE 105
12 13 not present not present -- RPM Environment Status -Slot Status Temp PEM0 PEM1 Voltage --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 active 48C down up ok 1 not present -- SFM Environment Status -Slot Status Temp PEM0 PEM1 --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 active 49C up up 1 active 47C up up 2 active 46C up up 3 active 48C up up 4 active 52C up up 5 active 50C up up 6 active 47C up up 7 active 48C up up 8 active 47C up up Exampl
PAGE 106
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes stack-unit unit-id Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the unit-id to display information on a specific stack member. Range: 0 to 1. pem Enter the keyword pem to view only information on power entry modules. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 The output of the show environment fan command for S-Series is changed to display fan speeds instead of just showing the fan status as up or down. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 107
0 0 Example (show environment stack-unit) 0 1 up absent AC FTOS#show environment stack-unit 0 -- Unit Environment Status -Unit Status Temp Voltage --------------------------------------------------------------------------0* online 49C ok * Management Unit show inventory (C-Series and E-Series) ce Display the chassis type, components (including media), FTOS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols.
PAGE 108
www.dell.com | support.dell.com If there are no fiber ports in the line card, then just the header under show inventory media will be displayed. If there are fiber ports but no optics inserted, then the output will display "Media not present or accessible". Example (C300) FTOS# show inventory Chassis Type : C300 Chassis Mode : 1.0 Software Version : FTOS-EF-7.6.1.
PAGE 109
3 ...
PAGE 110
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 111
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 112
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Required Type Current Type Hardware Rev Num Ports Up Time FTOS Version Jumbo Capable FTOS# 112 : : : : : : : E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) E48PF - 48-port GE line card with SFP optics (EF) Base - 1.0 PP0 - n/a PP1 - n/a 48 11 hr, 24 min 6.1.1.0 yes Table 4-1 list the definitions of the fields shown in the examples. Table 4-1.
PAGE 113
Table 4-1. Related Commands Descriptions for show linecard output Field Description Vendor ID Displays an internal code, which specifies the manufacturing vendor. Date Code Displays the line card’s manufacturing date. linecard Pre-configure a line card in a currently empty slot of the system or a different line card type for the slot. show interfaces linecard Display information on all interfaces on a specific line card. show chassis View information on all elements of the system.
PAGE 114
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 4-2 defines the fields in the example. Table 4-2. Usage Information Related Commands Descriptions for show linecard boot-information output Field Description # Displays the line card slot numbers, beginning with slot 0. The number of slots listed is dependent on your chassis: E-Series: 0 to 13 on a E1200, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. Status Indicates if a line card is online, offline, or booting.
PAGE 115
Parameters Command Modes cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view information on the Control Processor on the RPM. lp slot-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lp and the slot number to view information on the line-card processor in that slot. C-Series Range: 0-7 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200/E1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300. rp1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to view information on Route Processor 1 on the RPM. Note: This option is supported on the E-Series only.
PAGE 116
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 4-3 defines the fields displayed in the example. Table 4-3. Descriptions for show memory output Field Description Lowest Displays the memory usage the system went to in the lifetime of the system. Indirectly, it indicates the maximum usage in the lifetime of the system: Total minus Lowest. Largest The current largest available. This relates to block size and is not related to the amount of memory on the system.
PAGE 117
Command Modes rp2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view CPU usage of the Route Processor 2. Note: This option is supported on the E-Series only. lp linecard [1-99] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lp followed by the line card number to display the CPU usage of that line card. The optional 1-99 variable sets the number of tasks to display in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five (5) seconds. lp all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword lp all to view CPU utilization on all active line cards.
PAGE 118
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 119
0x00000080 igmp 0x0000007b ipm2 0x00000078 mrtm 0x00000074 l2mgr 0x00000070 l2pm 0x0000006c arpm 0x00000068 acl2 0x00000064 sysd2 0x00000062 sysmon 0x00000024 sshd 0x00000022 inetd 0x00000020 mount_mfs 0x00000013 mount_mfs 0x00000006 sh 0x00000005 aiodoned 0x00000004 ioflush 0x00000003 reaper 0x00000002 pagedaemon 0x00000001 init 0x00000000 swapper 0x00000098 msdp Usage Information 80 8 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 130 13 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 700 70 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 120
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes management-unit1-99 [details] (OPTIONAL) Display processes running in the control processor. The 1-99 variable sets the number of tasks to display in order of the highest CPU usage in the past five (5) seconds. Add the details keyword to display all running processes (except sysdlp). Example 3. stack-unit 0-7 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the stack member ID (Range 0 to 7).
PAGE 121
266 380 38 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.08% 0 bcmRX 265 30 3 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% bcmLINK.0 264 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% bcmXGS3AsyncTX 263 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 bcmTX 262 160 16 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% bcmCNTR.0 260 0 0 0 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 bcmDPC 253 10690 1069 10000 0.00% 10.00% 2.97% 0 sysd 251 2380 238 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.50% kfldintr 58 30 3 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0 sh 36 50 5 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.
PAGE 122
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 123
Related Commands show hardware layer2 acl Display Layer 2 ACL data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. show hardware layer3 Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
PAGE 124
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 125
Table 4-4.
PAGE 126
www.dell.com | support.dell.com IFMGR0 EVENTTERMLOG0 0 1 0 0 1 IFMGR0 SNMP0 0 1 0 0 1 IFMGR0 IPMGR0 0 7 0 0 9 IFMGR0 DIFFSERV0 0 2 0 0 3 DIFFSERV0 ACL_AGENT0 0 0 0 0 0 !---------------output truncated --------------------------! Usage Information 1 1 9 3 0 8 8 8 8 100 8 8 8 8 100 The Single Window Protocol (SWP) provides flow control-based reliable communication between the sending and receiving software tasks.
PAGE 127
EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.2 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale E600i Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale E1200i Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added lp all and lp summary options Version 6.5.1.0 For rp1 and rp2 only, the output displays memory consumption of all the processes including a summary, as shown in the second and third examples.
PAGE 128
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 129
Table 4-5 defines the fields that appear in the show processes memory output. Table 4-5.
PAGE 130
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The output for show process memory displays the memory usage statistics running on CP part (sysd) of the system. The Sysd is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on S-Series’ CP. For S-Series, the output of show memory and this command will differ based on which FTOS processes are counted.
PAGE 131
Table 4-6 defines the fields that appear in the show processes memory output. Table 4-6. .
PAGE 132
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show rpm ce Show the current RPM status. Syntax show rpm [number [brief] | all] Parameters Command Modes number (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 1 for the RPM. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view a table with information on all present RPMs. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view an abbreviated list of RPM information. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 133
Table 4-7 defines the fields displayed in the previous example. Table 4-7. Descriptions of show rpm output Field Description Status Displays the RPM’s status. Next Boot Displays whether the RPM is to be brought online at the next system reload. Card Type Displays the RPM catalog number. Hardware Rev Displays theE-Series chipset hardware revision level: 1.0 (non-Jumbo); 1.5 (Jumbo-enabled); 2.0 (or above is TeraScale). Num Ports Displays the number of active ports.
PAGE 134
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 4-7. Related Commands Descriptions of show rpm output Field Description Part Num Displays the line card part number. Vendor ID Displays an internal code, which specifies the manufacturing vendor. Date Code Displays the line card’s manufacturing date. Country Code Displays the country of origin. 01 = USA show chassis View information on all elements of the system. show linecard View information on a line card. show sfm View information on the SFM.
PAGE 135
trace-flags Defaults Command Mode Enter the keyword trace-flags to display IFM information for internal trace flags. None EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 136
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 137
Current Type : S4810 - 52-port GE/TE/FG (SE) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 3.
PAGE 138
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example (show system brief) FTOS#show system brief Stack MAC : 0:1:e8:d6:4:70 -- Stack Info -Unit UnitType Status ReqTyp CurTyp Version Ports --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 Member not present 1 Standby online S50V S50V 7.7.1.0 52 2 Mgmt online S50V S50V 7.7.1.
PAGE 139
Burned In MAC No Of MACs --Module 0-Status Module Type Num Ports Hot Pluggable : 00:01:e8:cc:cc:cc : 3 : : : : online S50-01-10GE-2P 2 no -- Module 1 Status : Module Type : Num Ports : Hot Pluggable : online S50-01-10GE-2C 2 no - 2-port 10GE XFP (SB) - 2-port 10GE CX4 (SB) - Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type --------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 up AC 0 1 absent -- Fan Status ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Unit
PAGE 140
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History display, except, find, grep, no-more If you use the pipe command ( | ), then enter one of these keywords to filter command output. Refer to Filtering show Commands in the CLI Basics chapter for details on filtering commands. save Enter the save keyword (following the pipe) to save the command output.
PAGE 141
| Pipe through a command FTOS#show tech-support linecard 3 | ? display Display additional information except Show only text that does not match a pattern find Search for the first occurrence of a pattern grep Show only text that matches a pattern no-more Don't paginate output save Save output to a file FTOS#show tech-support linecard 3 | save ? flash: Save to local file system (flash://filename (max 20 chars) ) slot0: Save to local file system (slot0://filename (max 20 chars) ) FTOS#show tech-support
PAGE 142
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • • • • • Related Commands show file-system show interface show inventory show ip management-route show ip protocols show ip route summary show processes cpu show processes memory show redundancy show rpm show running-conf show sfm show version show version Display the FTOS version. show linecard Display the line card(s) status. show environment (C-Series and E-Series) Display system component status.
PAGE 143
FTOS#show tech-support stack-unit 1 ? | Pipe through a command FTOS#show tech-support stack-unit 1 | ? except Show only text that does not match a pattern find Search for the first occurrence of a pattern grep Show only text that matches a pattern no-more Don't paginate output save Save output to a file FTOS#show tech-support stack-unit 1 | save ? flash: Save to local file system (flash://filename (max 20 chars) ) FTOS#show tech-support stack-unit 1 | save flash://LauraSave Start saving show comma
PAGE 144
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ! enable password 7 xxxxxxxx ! username admin password 7 xxxxxxxx ! enable restricted 7 xxxxxxxx ! interface GigabitEthernet 0/1 no ip address shutdown ! interface GigabitEthernet 0/2 no ip address shutdown ! !------------- output truncated -----------------! Usage Information Without the page or stack-unit option, the command output is continuous, use Ctrl-z to interrupt the command output. The save option works with other filtering commands.
PAGE 145
ssh-peer-rpm ce Open an SSH connection to the peer RPM. Syntax ssh-peer-rpm [-l username] Parameters Defaults Command Modes -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l followed by your user name. Default: The user name associated with the terminal Not configured. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.3.1.
PAGE 146
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf followed by the VRF Instance name. source-interface (Mandatory for IPv6 link-local addresses; Optional otherwise) Enter the keywords source-interface followed by the interface information to include the source interface.
PAGE 147
Syntax Defaults Command Modes telnet-peer-rpm Not configured. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Opening a telnet connection from the Standby RPM to an Active RPM follows the authentication procedure configured in the chassis. However, opening a telnet connection from the Active RPM into the Standby RPM requires local authentication.
PAGE 148
www.dell.com | support.dell.com terminal xml ce Enable XML mode in Telnet and SSH client sessions. Syntax terminal xml To exit the XML mode, enter terminal no xml. Defaults Command Modes Disabled EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.5.1.
PAGE 149
outgoing-interfa ce Defaults Command Modes (IPv6 link-local address) Enter one of the following types of outgoing interface for traceroute packets to a destination link-local address. • For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 150
www.dell.com | support.dell.com -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Tracing the route to www.force10networks.com (10.11.84.18), 30 hops max, 40 byte packets -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------TTL Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 10.11.199.190 001.000 ms 001.000 ms 002.000 ms 2 gwegress-sjc-02.force10networks.com (10.11.30.126) 005.000 ms 001.000 ms 001.000 ms 3 fw-sjc-01.force10networks.com (10.11.127.
PAGE 151
upload trace-log ce Upload trace log files from the three CPUs (cp, rp1, and rp2) Syntax upload trace-log {cp {cmd-history | hw-trace | sw-trace}| rp1 {cmd-history | hw-trace | sw-trace}| rp2 {cmd-history | hw-trace | sw-trace}} Parameters Defaults Command Modes cp | rp1 | rp2 Enter the keyword cp | rp1 | rp2 to upload the trace log from that CPU. cmd-history (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cmd-history to upload the CPU’s command history.
PAGE 152
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Both IPv4 and IPv6 virtual address can be configured simultaneously, but only one of each. Each time this command is issued it will replace the previously configured address of the same family, IPv4 or IPv6. The no virtual-ip command now takes an address/prefix-length argument, so that the desired address only is removed.
PAGE 153
5 802.1ag Overview 802.1ag is available only on the following Dell Force10 platforms: s S-Series and.
PAGE 154
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ccm disable Disable CCM. s Syntax ccm disable Enter no ccm disable to enable CCM. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled ECFM DOMAIN Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ccm transmit-interval Configure the transmit interval (mandatory). The interval specified applies to all MEPs in the domain.
PAGE 155
database hold-time Set the amount of time that data from a missing MEP is kept in the Continuity Check Database. s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History database hold-time minutes minutes Enter a hold-time. Range: 100-65535 minutes 100 minutes ECFM DOMAIN Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series disable Disable Ethernet CFM without stopping the CFM process.
PAGE 156
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ethernet cfm Spawn the CFM process. No CFM configuration is allowed until the CFM process is spawned. s Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History ethernet cfm Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series ethernet cfm mep Create a MEP. s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History 156 | 802.
PAGE 157
ethernet cfm mip Create a MIP. s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ethernet cfm mip domain {name | level} ma-name name domain [name | level] Enter this keyword followed by the domain name or domain level. ma-name name Enter this keyword followed by the name of the maintenance association. None INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series mep cross-check Enable cross-checking for a MEP.
PAGE 158
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series mep cross-check start-delay Configure the amount of time the system waits for a remote MEP to come up before the cross-check operation is started. s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History mep cross-check start-delay number start-delay number Enter a start-delay in seconds. Range: 3-100 seconds 3 ccms ETHERNET CFM Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 159
show ethernet cfm domain Display maintenance domain information. s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show ethernet cfm domain [name | level | brief] name | level Enter the maintenance domain name or level. brief Enter this keyword to display a summary output. None EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 160
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 161
Defaults Command Modes Command History None EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series show ethernet cfm statistics Display MEP statistics. s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example show ethernet cfm statistics [domain {name | level} vlan-id vlan-id mpid mpid] domain Enter this keyword to display statistics for a particular domain. name | level Enter the domain name or level.
PAGE 162
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example interface type Enter this keyword followed by the interface type. slot/port Enter the slot and port numbers for the port. None EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 163
service Create a maintenance association. s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History service name vlan vlan-id name Enter a maintenance association name. vlan vlan-id Enter this keyword followed by the VLAN ID. Range: 1-4094 None ECFM DOMAIN Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series traceroute cache hold-time Set the amount of time a trace result is cached.
PAGE 164
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on S-Series traceroute ethernet Send a Linktrace message to a MEP. s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History 164 Version 8.3.7.0 | 802.1ag traceroute ethernet domain [name | level] ma-name ma-name remote {mep-id mep-id | mac-addr mac-address} domain name | level Enter the keyword followed by the domain name or level.
PAGE 165
6 802.1X The 802.
PAGE 166
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Important Points to Remember FTOS limits network access for certain users by using VLAN assignments. 802.1X with VLAN assignment has these characteristics when configured on the switch and the RADIUS server. • • • • • • • • • • 802.1X is supported on c C-Series, e E-Series, s S-Series (S25/S50), and E-Series Terascale e t. 802.1X is not supported on the LAG or the channel members of a LAG. If no VLAN is supplied by the RADIUS server or if 802.
PAGE 167
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series dot1x auth-fail-vlan ces Syntax Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command.
PAGE 168
www.dell.com | support.dell.com dot1x auth-server ces Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series dot1x auth-type mab-only Use only the host MAC address to authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB).
PAGE 169
dot1x authentication (Configuration) cets Syntax Enable dot1x globally; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level. dot1x authentication To disable dot1x on an globally, use the no dot1x authentication command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 170
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. Range: 1 to 4094 Not configured CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch.
PAGE 171
Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 The multi-auth option was introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.3.2.0 The single-host and multi-host options were introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series • • • Single-host mode authenticates only one host per authenticator port, and drops all other traffic on the port.
PAGE 172
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History 2 INTERFACE Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series dot1x max-supplicants c e ts Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in multi-auth mode.
PAGE 173
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series The authenticator performs authentication only when port-control is set to auto. dot1x quiet-period ces Syntax Set the number of seconds that the authenticator remains quiet after a failed authentication with a client. dot1x quiet-period seconds To disable quiet time, use the no dot1x quiet-time command.
PAGE 174
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series dot1x reauth-max ces Syntax Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command.
PAGE 175
Usage Information When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, you must take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
PAGE 176
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 30 30 seconds INTERFACE Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series show dot1x cos-mapping interface Display the CoS priority-mapping table provided by the RADIUS server and applied to authenticated supplicants on an 802.
PAGE 177
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FTOS#show dot1x cos-mapping int g 2/21 mac-address 00:00:01:00:07:00 802.1p CoS re-map table on Gi 2/21: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:01:00:07:00 Dot1p 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remapped Dot1p 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 show dot1x interface ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface.
PAGE 178
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information C-Series and S-Series only: Enter a supplicant’s MAC address using the mac-address option to display information only on the 802.1X-enabled port to which the supplicant is connected. If 802.1X multi-supplicant authentication is enabled on a port, additional 802.1X configuration details (port authentication status, untagged VLAN ID, authentication PAE state, and backend state) are displayed for each supplicant as shown in the last example.
PAGE 179
Auth PAE State: Backend State: FTOS# Example (Multi-Supplicant Authentication enabled) Authenticated Idle FTOS#show dot1x interface g 0/21 802.
PAGE 180
| 802.1X www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 181
7 Access Control Lists (ACL) Overview Access Control Lists (ACLs) are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or .
PAGE 182
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • show config description ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Configure a short text string describing the ACL. description text text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. Not enabled. CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 183
CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced for E-Series The remark command is available in each ACL mode. You can configure up to 4294967290 remarks in a given ACL.
PAGE 184
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced Example FTOS(config-ext-nacl)#show conf ! ip access-list extended patches FTOS(config-ext-nacl)# Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options.
PAGE 185
Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear counters ip access-group ces Erase all counters maintained for access lists.
PAGE 186
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Not enabled. INTERFACE Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced You can assign one ACL (standard or extended ACL) to an interface.
PAGE 187
Parameters Command Modes Command History access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters. interface interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 188
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced Example FTOS#show ip accounting access FILTER1 interface gig 1/6 Extended IP access list FILTER1 seq 5 deny ip any 191.1.0.0 /16 count (0x00 packets) seq 10 deny ip any 191.2.0.
PAGE 189
deny ces Syntax Configure a filter to drop packets with a certain IP address. deny {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} [count [byte] | log] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Defaults Command Modes Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no deny {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command.
PAGE 190
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.0 Add DSCP value for ACL matching. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.1.
PAGE 191
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.1.
PAGE 192
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 193
Related Commands deny Assign a IP ACL filter to deny IP packets. ip access-list standard Create a standard ACL. resequence access-list ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. resequence access-list {ipv4 | ipv6 | mac} {access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-Increment} ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4, or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP access list.
PAGE 194
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes prefix-list-name Enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters long. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. Range: 0 to 65535 Step-to-Increment Enter the step to increment the sequence number. Range: 1 to 65535 No default values or behavior EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 195
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log.
PAGE 196
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • The order option takes precedence over the seq sequence-number. If sequence-number is not configured, then rules with the same order value are ordered according to their configuration order. If the sequence-number is configured, then the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
PAGE 197
• • • • • • permit udp resequence access-list resequence prefix-list ipv4 seq arp seq ether-type seq Note: Refer also to Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands. deny ces Syntax Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 198
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. Range: 0-254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) Default: If the order keyword is not used, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 199
Related Commands deny tcp Assign a filter to deny TCP packets. deny udp Assign a filter to deny UDP packets. ip access-list extended Create an extended ACL. deny arp e Syntax Configure an egress filter that drops ARP packets on egress ACL supported line cards (refer to your line card documentation).
PAGE 200
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. Range: 0-254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) Default: If the order keyword is not used, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 201
• • Parameters Defaults Command Modes Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no deny ether-type protocol-type-number {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {source-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} command. protocol-type-number Enter a number from 600 to FFFF as the specific Ethernet type traffic to drop. destination-mac-address mac-address-mask Enter a MAC address and mask in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 202
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Added monitor option Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. Refer to the “Quality of Service” chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide for more information.
PAGE 203
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information message-type (OPTIONAL) Enter an ICMP message type, either with the type (and code, if necessary) numbers or with the name of the message type (ICMP message types are listed in Table 7-2). Range: 0 to 255 for ICMP type; 0 to 255 for ICMP code count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter.
PAGE 204
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 7-2 lists the keywords displayed in the CLI help and their corresponding ICMP Message Type Name. 204 Table 7-2.
PAGE 205
Table 7-2.
PAGE 206
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes 206 | bit Enter a flag or combination of bits: ack: acknowledgement field fin: finish (no more data from the user) psh: push function rst: reset the connection syn: synchronize sequence numbers urg: urgent field operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port command parameter.
PAGE 207
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.1.0 Added dscp keyword. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated established keyword. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 208
www.dell.com | support.dell.com But an ACL rule with TCP port lt 1023 takes only one entry in the CAM: Rule# 1 Data Mask From 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 To #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny Assign a filter to deny IP traffic. deny udp Assign a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp ces Syntax Configure a filter to drop UDP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 209
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 210
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (gt, lt, range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range.
PAGE 211
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. Refer to your line card documentation for detailed specification on entries allowed per ACL. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long.
PAGE 212
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values.
PAGE 213
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. Refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands ip access-list extended Create an extended ACL. permit tcp Assign a permit filter for TCP packets. permit udp Assign a permit filter for UDP packets.
PAGE 214
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 215
permit ether-type e Syntax Configure a filter that allows traffic with specified types of Ethernet packets. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics; refer to your line card documentation for specifications.
PAGE 216
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. Range: 0-254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower order numbers have a higher priority) Default: If the order keyword is not used, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
PAGE 217
• • Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no permit icmp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.
PAGE 218
www.dell.com | support.dell.com When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The monitor option is relevant in the context of the flow-based monitoring feature only. Refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value.
PAGE 219
Defaults Command Modes Command History operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two port for the port parameter.) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. Range: 0 to 65535.
PAGE 220
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated established keyword. Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. Refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide for more information.
PAGE 221
permit udp ces Syntax Configure a filter to pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 222
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be applied to the monitored interface. For details, refer to the section “Flow-based Monitoring” in the Port Monitoring chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments.
PAGE 223
For example, an ACL rule with TCP port range 4000 - 8000 uses 8 entries in the CAM: Rule# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Data Mask From To #Covered 0000111110100000 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111100000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4000 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4031 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 32 64 2048 1024 5
PAGE 224
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced for E-Series When all sequence numbers have been exhausted, this feature permits re-assigning new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long.
PAGE 225
seq arp e Syntax Configure an egress filter with a sequence number that filters ARP packets meeting this criteria. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics; refer to your line card documentation for specifications. seq sequence-number {deny | permit} arp {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {ip-address | any | opcode code-number} [count [byte] | log] [order] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command.
PAGE 226
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Added monitor option Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The monitor option is relevant in the context of the flow-based monitoring feature only. Refer to the Port Monitoring chapter.
PAGE 227
Defaults Command Modes Command History permit Enter the keyword permit to forward all traffic meeting the filter criteria. protocol-type-number Enter a number from 600 to FFFF as the specific Ethernet type traffic to drop. destination-mac-address mac-address-mask Enter a MAC address and mask in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. For the MAC address mask, specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 228
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The monitor option is relevant in the context of the flow-based monitoring feature only. Refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. When you use the log option, CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
PAGE 229
Defaults udp Enter the keyword udp to configure a UDP access list filter. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address.
PAGE 230
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.0 Add DSCP value for ACL matching. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 231
Common MAC Access List Commands The following commands are available within both MAC ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. c and s platforms support Ingress MAC ACLs only. The following commands allow you to clear, display and assign MAC ACL configurations.
PAGE 232
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series You can assign one ACL (standard or extended) to an interface. Prior to 7.8.1.
PAGE 233
show mac accounting access-list ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). show mac accounting access-list access-list-name interface interface in | out access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
PAGE 234
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Related Commands The ACL hit counters in this command increment the counters for each matching rule, not just the first matching rule. show mac accounting destination Display destination counters for Layer 2 traffic (available on physical interfaces only). Standard MAC ACL Commands When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. c and s platforms support Ingress MAC ACLs only.
PAGE 235
Defaults Command Modes Command History byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 236
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series FTOS supports one ingress and one egress MAC ACL per interface. Prior to 7.8.1.
PAGE 237
Defaults Command Modes Command History count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule will be applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 238
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History any Enter the keyword any to filter all packets. mac-source-address Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-source-address-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match). count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
PAGE 239
c and s platforms support Ingress MAC ACLs only. The following commands configure Extended MAC ACLs. • • • • deny mac access-list extended permit seq Note: Refer also to Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands. deny ces Syntax Configure a filter to drop packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 240
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format. • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format. • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter.
PAGE 241
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information access-list-name Enter a text string as the MAC access list name, up to 140 characters. No default configuration CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 242
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • Parameters Defaults Command Modes 242 | Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | mac-destination-address mac-destination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets. host Enter the keyword host followed by a MAC address to forward packets with that host address.
PAGE 243
Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Added monitor option pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Note: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
PAGE 244
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format. • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format. • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter.
PAGE 245
• • • • • • • • clear ip prefix-list deny ip prefix-list permit seq show config show ip prefix-list detail show ip prefix-list summary clear ip prefix-list ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Default Related Commands Reset the number of times traffic met the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists.
PAGE 246
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults ge min-prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge followed by the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. le max-prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le followed by the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Not configured. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 247
Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Related Commands show ip route list Display IP routes in an IP prefix list. show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists. permit ces Syntax Parameters Configure a filter that passes packets meeting the criteria specified. permit ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0.
PAGE 248
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition. any (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword any to match any packets. ip-prefix /nn (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge followed by the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
PAGE 249
show ip prefix-list detail ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display details of the configured prefix lists. show ip prefix-list detail [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 250
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 251
• • • • • • • • • • • • set comm-list delete set community set level set local-preference set metric set metric-type set next-hop set origin set tag set weight show config show route-map continue ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Configure a route-map to go to a route-map entry with a higher sequence number. continue [sequence-number] sequence-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number.
PAGE 252
www.dell.com | support.dell.com With a match clause and a continue clause, the match clause executes first and the continue clause next in a specified route map entry. The continue clause launches only after a successful match. The behavior is: • • • A successful match with a continue clause, the route map executes the set clauses and then goes to the specified route map entry upon execution of the continue clause.
PAGE 253
match as-path ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Configure a filter to match routes that have a certain AS number in their BGP path. match as-path as-path-name as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH ACL, up to 140 characters. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 254
www.dell.com | support.dell.com match interface ces Syntax Configure a filter to match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified. match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command. Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/ port information.
PAGE 255
Syntax Parameters Defaults match ip address prefix-list-name prefix-list-name Enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 256
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands match interface Redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address Redistribute routes that match an IP address. match ip route-source Redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric Redistribute routes that match a specific metric. match route-type Redistribute routes that match a route type. match tag Redistribute routes that match a specific tag.
PAGE 257
Parameters Defaults metric-value Enter a value to match. Range: zero (0) to 4294967295. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Related Commands match interface Redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address Redistribute routes that match an IP address.
PAGE 258
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Parameters Defaults match route-type {external [type-1 | type-2] | internal | level-1 | level-2 | local} external [type-1| type-2] Enter the keyword external followed by either type-1 or type-2 to match only on OSPF Type 1 routes or OSPF Type 2 routes. internal Enter the keyword internal to match only on routes generated within OSPF areas. level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to match IS-IS Level 1 routes.
PAGE 259
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series match interface Redistribute routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address Redistribute routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop Redistribute routes that match the next-hop IP address.
PAGE 260
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series \ Example Usage Information FTOS(conf)#route-map dempsey FTOS(config-route-map)# Use caution when you delete route maps because if you do not specify a sequence number, all route maps with the same map-name are deleted when you use no route-map map-name command. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Related Commands show config Display the current configuration.
PAGE 261
set automatic-tag ces Syntax Configure a filter to automatically compute the tag value of the route. set automatic-tag To return to the default, enter no set automatic-tag. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 262
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The community list used in the set comm-list delete command must be configured so that each filter contains only one community. For example, the filter deny 100:12 is acceptable, but the filter deny 120:13 140:33 results in an error. If the set comm-list delete command and the set community command are configured in the same route map sequence, then the deletion command (set comm-list delete) is processed before the insertion command (set community).
PAGE 263
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series ip community-list Configure a Community access list. match community Redistribute routes that match a BGP COMMUNITY attribute. neighbor send-community Assign the COMMUNITY attribute. show ip bgp community Display BGP community groups.
PAGE 264
www.dell.com | support.dell.com set local-preference ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Configure a filter to set the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for routers within the local autonomous system. set local-preference value value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. Range: 0 to 4294967295 Not configured Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 265
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series set automatic-tag Compute the tag value of the route. set level Specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric-type Specify the route type assigned to redistributed routes. set tag Specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes.
PAGE 266
www.dell.com | support.dell.com set next-hop ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Configure a filter to specify an IP address as the next hop. set next-hop ip-address ip-address Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 267
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series set tag ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Configure a filter to specify a tag for redistributed routes. set tag tag-value tag-value Enter a number as the tag. Range: zero (0) to 4294967295. Not configured Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 268
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults weight Enter a number as the weight to be used by the route meeting the route map specification. Routes with a higher weight are preferred when there are multiple routes to the same destination. Range: 0 to 65535 Default: router-originated = 32768; all other routes = 0 router-originated = 32768; all other routes = 0 Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 269
Parameters Command Modes map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured route map, up to 140 characters. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 270
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters as-regular-expression Defaults Not configured Command Modes AS-PATH ACL Usage Information Command History Enter a regular expression to match BGP AS-PATH attributes. Use one or a combination of the following: • .
PAGE 271
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series match as-path Match on routes contain a specific AS-PATH. neighbor filter-list Configure filter based on AS-PATH information.
PAGE 272
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode AS-PATH ACL Command History Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Example FTOS(config-as-path)#show config ! ip as-path access-list snickers deny .3 FTOS(config-as-path)# show ip as-path-access-lists e Display Syntax Command Modes the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series. show ip as-path-access-lists EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 273
deny e Syntax Parameters Create a filter to drop routes matching a BGP COMMUNITY number. deny {community-number | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export | quote-regexp regular-expressions-list | regexp regular-expression} community-number Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system. local-AS Enter the keywords local-AS to drop all routes with the COMMUNITY attribute of NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED.
PAGE 274
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters Command Modes comm-list-name CONFIGURATION Example Command History Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. FTOS(conf)#ip community-list TestComList FTOS(config-community-list)# Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 275
no-export Enter the keywords no-export to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. regexp Enter the keyword regexp followed by a regular expression. Use one or a combination of the following: • .
PAGE 276
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip community-lists e Display Syntax Parameters Command Modes configured IP community lists in alphabetic order. show ip community-lists [name] name EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 277
8 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Overview Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The FTOS implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03 and supports BFD on all Layer 3 physical interfaces including VLAN interfaces and port-channels. BFD is supported on the C-Series c, E-Series e and characters that appear under each of the command headings.
PAGE 278
www.dell.com | support.dell.com bfd all-neighbors Enable BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by Layer 3 protocols IS-IS, OSPF, or BGP on router interfaces, and (optionally) reconfigure the default timer values. ce Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes bfd all-neighbors [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
PAGE 279
Usage Information All neighbors inherit the timer values configured with the bfd all-neighbors command except in the following cases: • • Related Commands Timer values configured with the isis bfd all-neighbors or ip ospf bfd all-neighbors commands in INTERFACE mode override timer values configured with the bfd all-neighbors command. Likewise, using the no bfd all-neighbors command does not disable BFD on an interface if BFD is explicitly enabled using the command isis bfd all-neighbors.
PAGE 280
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History BFD is disabled by default. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. ce Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History bfd enable BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. INTERFACE Version 8.3.10.
PAGE 281
Defaults Command Modes Command History multiplier value Enter this keyword to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. Range: 3 to 50 Default: 3 role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: • Active—The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. • Passive—The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system.
PAGE 282
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. bfd protocol-liveness Enable the BFD protocol liveness feature. e Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information bfd protocol-liveness Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Protocol Liveness is a feature that notifies the BFD Manager when a client protocol (e.
PAGE 283
Command History Related Commands Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on E-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series show bfd counters Display BFD counter information. debug bfd ce Enable BFD debugging.
PAGE 284
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on E-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Since BFD can potentially transmit 20 packets per interface, debugging information should be restricted. ip route bfd ce Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes.
PAGE 285
ip ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPF neighbors on a single interface. Syntax Command Modes ip ospf bfd all-neighbors CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Related Commands bfd all-neighbors Enable BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by Layer 3 protocols IS-IS, OSPF or BFP on router interfaces. neighbor bfd disable Explicitly disable a BFD session with a BFP neighbor or a BFP peer group.
PAGE 286
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on E-Series This command provides the flexibility to fine tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when ISIS BFD is configured in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command override timers set using the command bfd all-neighbors.
PAGE 287
Related Commands bfd all-neighbors Enable BFD sessions with all neighbors discovered by Layer 3 protocols. neighbor bfd disable Explicitly disable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. neighbor bfd disable ex Syntax Parameters Defaults Explicitly disable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group.
PAGE 288
www.dell.com | support.dell.com bfd neighbor Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. show bfd counters ce Display BFD counter information.
PAGE 289
Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for BFD for VLAN and port-channel interfaces, ISIS, and VRRP on E-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced BFD on physical ports, static routes, and OSPF on E-Series. Example FTOS#show bfd counters Interface GigabitEthernet 1/3 FTOS# Tx 522 Rx 625 show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface.
PAGE 290
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example FTOS#show bfd neighbors * Ad Dn B C I O R - Active session role Admin Down BGP CLI ISIS OSPF Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr * 10.1.3.2 FTOS# Example (show bfd neighbors detail) Related Commands RemoteAddr 10.1.3.1 Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult Clients Gi 1/3 Up 300 250 3 C FTOS#show bfd neighbors detail Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
PAGE 291
Defaults Command Modes Command History interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. Range: 50 to 1000 Default: 100 interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. Range: 50 to 1000 Default: 100 multiplier Enter this keyword to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down.
PAGE 292
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 293
9 Border Gateway Protocol IPv4 (BGPv4) Overview BGPv4 is supported as shown in the following table. FTOS version Platform support 8.3.11.1 Z9000 8.3.7.0 S4810 8.1.1.0 E-Series ExaScale ex 7.8.1.0 S-Series s 7.7.1.0. C-Series c pre-7.7.1.0 E-Series TeraScale et z For detailed information on configuring BGP, refer to the BGP chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 294
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 294 FTOS Version 7.7.1 supports 2-Byte (16-bit) and 4-Byte (32-bit) format for Autonomous System Numbers (ASNs), where the 2-Byte format is 1-65535, the 4-Byte format is 1-4294967295. Note: FTOS Version 8.3.1.0 supports Dotted format as well as the Traditional Plain format for AS Numbers. The dot format is displayed when using the show ip bgp commands. To determine the comparable dot format for an ASN from a traditional format, use ASN/65536. ASN%65536.
PAGE 295
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • clear ip bgp flap-statistics debug ip bgp debug ip bgp dampening debug ip bgp events debug ip bgp keepalives debug ip bgp notifications debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration debug ip bgp updates default-metric description distance bgp max-paths neighbor activate neighbor add-path neighbor advertisement-interval neighbor advertisement-start neighbor allowas-in neighbor default-originate neighbor description neighbor distribute-list
PAGE 296
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 297
Command Modes Command History ROUTER BGP . Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced aggregate-address ces Syntax Parameters Summarize a range of prefixes to minimize the number of entries in the routing table. aggregate-address ip-address mask [advertise-map map-name] [as-set] [attribute-map map-name] [summary-only] [suppress-map map-name] ip-address mask Enter the IP address and mask of the route to be the aggregate address.
PAGE 298
www.dell.com | support.dell.com If the route is injected via the network command, that route will still appear in the routing table if the summary-only parameter is configured in the aggregate-address command. The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements. If you want to suppress advertisements to only specific neighbors, use the neighbor distribute-list command.
PAGE 299
To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS). ROUTER BGP Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. Command History . Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced command Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 300
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 301
Syntax bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax To return to the default BGP routing process, enter no bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm. The multipath-relax option allows load-sharing across providers with different (but equal-length) autonomous system paths. Without this option, ECMP expects the AS paths to be identical for load-sharing.
PAGE 302
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Usage Information Command History ROUTER BGP The MED is a 4-byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to assume a missing MED as 4294967295. This command causes a missing MED to be treated as 0. During the path selection, paths with a lower MED are preferred over those with a higher MED. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 6.3.1.
PAGE 303
Related Commands Command History bgp cluster-id Assign ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a route reflector and clients. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series bgp cluster-id ces Syntax Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector.
PAGE 304
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information Enter the AS number. Range: 0-65535 (2-Byte) or 1-4294967295 (4-Byte) or 0.1-65535.65535 (Dotted format) You must configure your system to accept 4-Byte formats before entering a 4-Byte AS Number.
PAGE 305
Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. Range: 0-65535 (2-Byte) or 1-4294967295 (4-Byte) or 0.1-65535.65535 (Dotted format) ...as-number (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 confederation numbers. Range: 0-65535 (2-Byte) or 1-4294967295 (4-Byte) or 0.1-65535.65535 (Dotted format) Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information All the routers in the Confederation must be 4 or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them.
PAGE 306
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased. After the router assigns a Penalty of 1024 to a route, the Penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period expires. Range: 1 to 45. Default: 15 minutes reuse (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the reuse value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value.
PAGE 307
To return to the default value, enter no bgp default local-preference. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred. Range: 0 to 4294967295 Default: 100 100 ROUTER BGP The bgp default local-preference command setting is applied by all routers within the AS.
PAGE 308
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support for C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced bgp fast-external-fallover ces Syntax Enable the fast external fallover feature, which immediately resets the BGP session if a link to a directly connected external peer fails. bgp fast-external-fallover To disable fast external fallover, enter no bgp fast-external-fallover.
PAGE 309
Where the 2-Byte format is 1-65535, the 4-Byte format is 1-4294967295. Both formats are accepted, and the advertisements will reflect the entered format. For more information about using the 2 or 4-Byte format, refer to the FTOS Configuration Guide. Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 310
www.dell.com | support.dell.com bgp log-neighbor-changes ces Syntax Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, enter no bgp log-neighbor-changes. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Enabled. ROUTER BGP Use the show logging command in the EXEC mode to view BGP neighbor resets. The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output.
PAGE 311
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop ces Syntax Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Enabled ROUTER BGP This command is a knob to disable BGP next-hop resolution via BGP learned routes.
PAGE 312
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is quite common. In a large scale configuration, filtering millions of routes based on regular expressions can be quite CPU intensive, as a regular expression evaluation involves generation and evaluation of complex finite state machines.
PAGE 313
Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router. ROUTER BGP Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 314
www.dell.com | support.dell.com capture bgp-pdu neighbor ces Syntax Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address direction {both | rx | tx} To disable capture of the IPv4 BGP neighbor packet, use the no capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address of the target BGP neighbor. direction {both | rx | tx} Enter the keyword direction and a direction— either rx for inbound, tx for outbound, or both.
PAGE 315
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced clear ip bgp ces Syntax Parameters Reset BGP sessions on the E-Series. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. clear ip bgp * | as-number | ip-address [flap-statistics | soft [in | out]] * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions.
PAGE 316
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ip bgp peer-group ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. clear ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name peer-group-name Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 317
Parameters ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format and the prefix mask in slash format (/x) to reset only that prefix. filter-list as-path-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list. regexp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: • .
PAGE 318
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Usage Information in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only information on inbound BGP routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only information on outbound BGP routes. EXEC Privilege To view information on both incoming and outgoing routes, do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command.
PAGE 319
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series debug ip bgp events ces Syntax Display information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ip-address | peer-group peer-group-name] events command.
PAGE 320
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. peer-group-name Command Modes Usage Information Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only inbound keepalive messages. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound keepalive messages.
PAGE 321
debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration ces Syntax Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration To disable, use the no debug ip bgp {ip-address | peer-group-name} soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 322
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Usage Information Command History ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. EXEC Privilege Enter no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.
PAGE 323
To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes description No default behavior or values ROUTER BGP Command History Related Commands Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced router bgp Enter ROUTER mode on the switch.
PAGE 324
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Command History The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table. Routes from confederations are treated as internal BGP routes. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 325
To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the neighbor/peer group in the new AFI/SAFI.
PAGE 326
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. neighbor advertisement-interval ces Syntax Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 327
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series neighbor allowas-in ces Syntax Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in command.
PAGE 328
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 329
Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} distribute-list prefix-list-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list.
PAGE 330
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History Disabled. ROUTER BGP To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command will not install default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best path selection. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 331
Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group. as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH access list (up to 140 characters).
PAGE 332
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History restart-time seconds Enter the keyword restart-time followed by the maximum number of seconds needed to restart and bring-up all the peers. Range: 1 to 3600 seconds Default: 120 seconds stale-path-time seconds Enter the keyword stale-path-time followed by the maximum number of seconds to wait before restarting a peer’s stale paths. Default: 360 seconds.
PAGE 333
Related Commands Command History Enable 4-Byte support for the BGP process. bgp four-octet-as-support Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced command Introduced support on C-Series neighbor maximum-prefix ces Syntax Control the number of network prefixes received.
PAGE 334
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series neighbor next-hop-self ces Syntax Enables you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. (This command is used for IBGP). neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self command.
PAGE 335
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Usage Information Configure the same password on both BGP peers or a connection does not occur. When you configure MD5 authentication between two BGP peers, each segment of the TCP connection between them is verified and the MD5 digest is checked on every segment sent on the TCP connection. Configuring a password for a neighbor will cause an existing session to be torn down and a new one established.
PAGE 336
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information You can assign up to 256 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 337
Usage Information Related Commands Command History When a peer group is created, it is disabled (shut mode). neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Assign routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as Assign a indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor shutdown Disable a peer or peer group. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 338
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor remote-as ces Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table.
PAGE 339
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). ROUTER BGP Applies to EBGP neighbors only. You must configure your system to accept 4-byte formats before entering a 4-byte AS Number.
PAGE 340
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer. Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 341
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series neighbor send-community ces Syntax Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping.
PAGE 342
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Usage Information ROUTER BGP Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions. When a neighbor or peer group is shutdown, use the show ip bgp summary command to confirm its status.
PAGE 343
Related Commands Command History show ip bgp neighbors Display routes received by a neighbor Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 344
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Usage Information keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 60 seconds holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. Range: 3 to 65535 Default: 180 seconds keepalive = 60 seconds; holdtime = 180 seconds.
PAGE 345
Usage Information Command History Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series neighbor weight ces Syntax Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path.
PAGE 346
www.dell.com | support.dell.com network ces Syntax Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, / 24).
PAGE 347
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, / 24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 348
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information With FTOS version 8.3.1.0 and later, the redistribute command can be used to advertise the IGP cost as the MED on redistributed routes. When the route-map is set with metric-type internal and applied outbound to an EBGP peer/peer-group, the advertised routes corresponding to those peer/peer-group will have IGP cost set as MED.
PAGE 349
Defaults Command Modes metric metric-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric followed by the metric value used for the redistributed route. Use a metric value that is consistent with the destination protocol. Range: 0 to 16777215 Default: 0 route-map map-name Enter the keyword route-map followed by the map name that is an identifier for a configured route map. The route map should filter imported routes from the source routing protocol to the current routing protocol.
PAGE 350
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. Range: 1 to 65535 match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of a configured Route map.
PAGE 351
FTOS(conf-router_bgp)# Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted. If no interfaces are enabled for Layer 3, an error message appears: % Error: No router id configured.
PAGE 352
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced show config ces Syntax Command Modes View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. show config ROUTER BGP Example FTOS(conf-router_bgp)#show confi ! router bgp 45 neighbor suzanne peer-group neighbor suzanne no shutdown neighbor sara peer-group neighbor sara shutdown neighbor 13.14.15.20 peer-group suzanne neighbor 13.14.15.20 shutdown neighbor 123.34.55.123 peer-group suzanne neighbor 123.34.
PAGE 353
Usage Information When you enable bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. Example FTOS>show ip bgp BGP table version is 847562, local router ID is 63.114.8.131 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network *> 0.0.0.0/0 * 3.0.0.0/8 *> *> 3.3.0.0/16 *> 4.0.0.
PAGE 354
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series show ip bgp cluster-list ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] cluster-list [cluster-id] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. cluster-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 355
Table 9-2 defines the information displayed in the previous example. Table 9-2. Command History show ip bgp cluster-list Command Fields Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route.
PAGE 356
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. Example FTOS>show ip bgp community BGP table version is 3762622, local router ID is 63.114.8.
PAGE 357
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series show ip bgp community-list ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View routes that are affected by a specific community list. show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 358
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series show ip bgp dampened-paths ces Syntax Command Modes View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] dampened-paths EXEC EXEC Privilege Example FTOS>show ip bgp damp BGP table version is 210708, local router ID is 63.114.8.
PAGE 359
Syntax Defaults Command Modes show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] detail none EXEC EXEC Privilege Example FTOS#show ip bgp detail Detail information for BGP Node bgpNdP 0x41a17000 : NdTmrP 0x41a17000 : NdKATmrP 0x41a17014 : NdTics 74857 : NhLocAS 1 : NdState 2 : NdRPMPrim 1 : NdListSoc 13 NdAuto 1 : NdEqCost 1 : NdSync 0 : NdDefOrg 0 NdV6ListSoc 14 NdDefDid 0 : NdConfedId 0 : NdMedConfed 0 : NdMedMissVal -1 : NdIgnrIllId 0 : NdRRC2C 1 : NdClstId 33686273 : NdPaTblP 0x41a19088 NdASPTblP 0x41a19090 : NdCommTblP 0x
PAGE 360
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced show ip bgp extcommunity-list ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] extcommunity-list [list name] ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. list name Enter the extended community list name you wish to view.
PAGE 361
Example FTOS#show ip bgp filter-list hello BGP table version is 80227, local router ID is 120.1.1.1 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network * I 6.1.5.0/24 * I * I * I *>I * I * I * I 6.1.6.0/24 * I * I * I *>I * I * I * I 6.1.20.0/24 * I * I * I FTOS# Next Hop 192.100.11.2 192.100.8.2 192.100.9.2 192.100.10.2 6.1.5.1 6.1.6.1 6.1.20.
PAGE 362
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp flap-statistics ces Syntax View flap statistics on BGP routes. show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] flap-statistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] Parameters Command Modes ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the ipv4 unicast keywords to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network.
PAGE 363
Table 9-7 defines the information displayed in the previous example. show ip bgp flap-statistics Command Example Fields Table 9-7. Command History Field Description Network Displays the network ID to which the route is flapping. From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the flapping route. Flaps Displays the number of times the route flapped. Duration Displays the hours:minutes:seconds since the route first flapped.
PAGE 364
www.dell.com | support.dell.com * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- 0 0 0 0 0 0 18508 18508 18508 18508 18508 209 ? 209 209 209 3549 i 3549 i 701 i 701 i show ip bgp inconsistent-as Command Example Fields Table 9-8. Command History 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 Fields Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.
PAGE 365
routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. received-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes followed by either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors. [network [network-mask] Note: neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound must be configured prior to viewing all the information received from the neighbors.
PAGE 366
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 367
*> 70.70.27.0/24 *> 70.70.28.0/24 *> 70.70.29.0/24 FTOS# Example (show ip bgp neighbors denied-routes) 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 100.10.10.2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 200 ? 0 100 200 ? 0 100 200 ? FTOS#show ip bgp neighbors 100.10.10.2 denied-routes 4 denied paths using 205 bytes of memory BGP table version is 34, local router ID is 100.10.10.
PAGE 368
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 9-9. Related Commands Command Example fields: show ip bgp neighbors Lines beginning with Description (list of inbound and outbound policies) Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map, AS-PATH ACL or Prefix list configured for the policy. For address family: Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP table version Displays the which version of the primary BGP routing table the router and the neighbor are using.
PAGE 369
Table 9-10. Command History Command Example fields: show ip bgp next-hop Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address. Via Displays the IP address and interface used to reach the next hop. RefCount Displays the number of BGP routes using this next hop. Cost Displays the cost associated with using this next hop. Flaps Displays the number of times the next hop has flapped. Time Elapsed Displays the time elapsed since the next hop was learned.
PAGE 370
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 0x1efe7e1c 0x1efe7ddc 0x1efe7d9c 0x1efe7d5c 0x1efe7c9c 0x1efe7b1c 0x1efe7d1c 0x1efe7c5c 0x1efe7cdc 0x1efe7c1c 0x1efe7bdc 0x1efe7b5c 0x1efe7adc 0x1efe7e9c 0x1efe7b9c FTOS# 71 127 183 239 283 287 295 339 351 395 451 491 883 983 1003 Table 9-11.
PAGE 371
0x1ea3c10c 0x1ea3c144 0x1ea3c17c 0x1ea3c2cc 0x1ea3c09c 0x1ea3c0d4 0x1ea3c224 0x1ea3c294 0x1ea3c02c FTOS# 763 763 763 763 764 764 1019 1019 1021 Table 9-12. Command History 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 {92 93} {102 103} 12 32 {72 73} {82 83} 43 23 Command Example fields: show ip bgp paths community Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored.
PAGE 372
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 373
For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is pg1 Number of peers in this group 4 Update packing has 4_OCTECT_AS support enabled Add-path support enabled Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 1.1.1.5 1.1.1.6 10.10.10.2* 20.20.20.
PAGE 374
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 9-14. Related Commands Command History Command Example fields: show ip bgp peer-group Line beginning with Description Number of peers Displays the number of peers currently configured for this peer group. Peer-group members: Lists the IP addresses of the peers in the peer group. If the address is outbound optimized, a * is displayed next to the IP address. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Assign peer to a peer-group.
PAGE 375
EXEC Privilege Example FTOS#show ip bgp regexp ^2914+ BGP table version is 3700481, local router ID is 63.114.8.35 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d damped, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed, n - network Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *>I 3.0.0.0/8 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 1239 80 i *>I 4.0.0.0/8 1.1.1.2 0 100 0 2914 3356 i *>I 4.17.225.0/24 1.1.1.
PAGE 376
www.dell.com | support.dell.com EXEC Privilege Example FTOS#show ip bgp summary BGP router identifier 120.10.10.
PAGE 377
Table 9-16. Command History Command Example fields: show ip bgp summary Field Description Up/Down Displays the amount of time that the neighbor is in the Established stage. If the neighbor has never moved into the Established stage, the word never is displayed.
PAGE 378
www.dell.com | support.dell.com timers bgp ces Syntax Adjust BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, enter no timers bgp. Parameters Defaults keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 60 seconds holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead.
PAGE 379
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • clear ip bgp dampening clear ip bgp flap-statistics debug ip bgp dampening debug ip bgp dampening debug ip bgp dampening debug ip bgp peer-group updates debug ip bgp updates distance bgp neighbor activate neighbor advertisement-interval neighbor default-originate neighbor distribute-list neighbor filter-list neighbor maximum-prefix neighbor next-hop-self neighbor remove-private-as neighbor route-map neighbor route-reflector-client network redi
PAGE 380
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Command History ipv4 Enter the keyword ipv4 to specify the address family as IPV4. multicast Enter the keyword multicast to specify multicast as SAFI. IPv4 Unicast ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) All subsequent commands will apply to this address family once this command is executed. You can exit from this AFI/SAFI to the IPv4 Unicast (the default) family by entering exit and returning to the Router BGP context.
PAGE 381
Do not add the as-set parameter to the aggregate. If routes within the aggregate are constantly changing, the aggregate will flap to keep track of the changes in the AS_PATH. In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed. The opposite is true: routes meeting the permit clause are suppressed.
PAGE 382
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp ipv4 multicast * ip-address [dampening | flap-statistics] peer-group] * Enter the character * to clear all peers. ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to clear the prefixes from that neighbor. dampening (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information.
PAGE 383
Parameters Network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address to clear flap statistics in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). filter-list list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list (max 16 characters). regexp regexp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword regexp followed by regular expressions. Use one or a combination of the following: • .
PAGE 384
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug ip bgp peer-group updates c et s View information about BGP peer-group updates. debug ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] To disable debugging, enter no debug ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] command. Parameters Command Modes Command History peer-group peer-group-name Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer-group. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information.
PAGE 385
distance bgp c et s Syntax Define an administrative distance for routes. distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, enter no distance bgp. Parameters Defaults Command Modes external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. Range: 1 to 255 Default: 20 internal-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS.
PAGE 386
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands Command History ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the neighbor/peer group in the new AFI/SAFI.
PAGE 387
neighbor default-originate c et s Syntax Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} default-originate command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 388
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Related Commands Command History Other BGP filtering commands include: neighbor filter-list, ip as-path access-list, and neighbor route-map. ip as-path access-list Configure IP AS-Path ACL. neighbor filter-list Assign a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor route-map Assign a route map to a neighbor or peer group. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 389
neighbor maximum-prefix c et s Syntax Control the number of network prefixes received. neighbor ip-address | peer-group-name maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor ip-address | peer-group-name maximum-prefix maximum command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 390
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Usage Information Command History ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) If the set next-hop command in the ROUTE-MAP mode is configured, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 391
Defaults Command Modes Usage Information map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If the Route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes. out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. Not configured. ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted.
PAGE 392
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series network c et s Syntax Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 393
Syntax redistribute [connected | static] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes. route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of an established route map.
PAGE 394
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. Range: 1 to 65535 match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only. route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of a configured Route map.
PAGE 395
*>I 25.1.0.0/16 *>I 25.2.0.0/16 *>I 25.3.0.0/16 *>r 144.1.0.0/16 *>r 144.2.0.0/16 *>r 144.3.0.0/16 *>n 145.1.0.0/16 FTOS# Table 9-17. Related Commands Command History 25.25.25.25 25.25.25.26 211.1.1.165 0.0.0.0 100.10.10.10 211.1.1.135 0.0.0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 100 100 100 0 0 0 32768 32768 32768 32768 i ? ? ? ? ? i show ip bgp Command Example Fields Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.
PAGE 396
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp community ces View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. Syntax show ip bgp ipv4 multicast community [community-number] [local-as] [no-export] [no-advertise] Parameters Command Modes community-number Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
PAGE 397
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series show ip bgp dampened-paths c et s Syntax Command Modes View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). show ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampened-paths EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 398
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address. filter-list as-path-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL.
PAGE 399
show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors c et s Syntax Parameters Command Modes Enables you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors. show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors [ip-address [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes]] ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in either IPv4 or IPv6 format, of the neighbor to view only BGP information exchanged with that neighbor.
PAGE 400
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Local host: 100.10.10.1, Local port: 179 Foreign host: 25.25.25.25, Foreign port: 2290 BGP neighbor is 211.1.1.129, remote AS 640, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 0.0.0.
PAGE 401
Table 9-18. Related Commands Command History Command Example fields: show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors Lines beginning with Description (list of inbound and outbound policies) Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map, AS-PATH ACL or Prefix list configured for the policy. For address family: Displays IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP table version Displays the which version of the primary BGP routing table the router and the neighbor are using.
PAGE 402
www.dell.com | support.dell.com EXEC Privilege Related Commands Command History neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Assign peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Create a peer group. show ip bgp peer-group View information on the BGP peers in a peer group. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for E-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 403
Table 9-19. Command History Command Example fields: show ip bgp ipv4 multicast summary Field Description BGP community entries Displays the number of BGP COMMUNITY attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them. The show ip bgp community command provides more details on the COMMUNITY attributes. Dampening enabled Displayed only when dampening is enabled. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address.
PAGE 404
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • The range is extended from 4-octet (AA:NN) to 8-octet (Type:Value) to provide enough number communities. Communities are structured using a new “Type” field (1 or 2-octets), allowing you to provide granular control/filter routing information based on the type of extended communities.
PAGE 405
Command Modes Related Commands Command History CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) permit Configure to add (permit) rules show ip extcommunity-list Display the Extended Community list Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series deny regex ces Syntax This features enables you to specify an extended communities to reject (deny) using a regular expressions (regex).
PAGE 406
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ip extcommunity-list ces Syntax Use this feature to enter the Extended Community-list mode. ip extcommunity-list word To exit from this mode, use the exit command.
PAGE 407
Usage Information Like standard communities, extended communities can be used in route-map to match the attribute. Example Command History FTOS(config-route-map)#match extcommunity Freedombird FTOS(config-route-map)# Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series permit ces Syntax Use this feature to add rules (permit) from the two types of extended communities, Route Origin (rt) or Site-of-Origin (soo).
PAGE 408
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax permit regex {regex} To remove, use the no permit regex {regex} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Example Related Commands Command History Enter a regular expression. regex Not configured CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Duplicate commands are silently accepted. FTOS(conf-ext-community-list)#permit regexp 123 FTOS(conf-ext-community-list)# deny regex Deny a community using a regular expression Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 409
Usage Information If the set community rt and soo are in the same route-map entry, we can define the behavior as: • • • Related Commands Command History If rt option comes before soo, with or without additive option, then soo overrides the communities set by rt If rt options comes after soo, without the additive option, then rt overrides the communities set by soo If rt with additive option comes after soo, then rt adds the communities set by soo set extcommunity soo Set extended community site-of-orig
PAGE 410
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Command History set extcommunity rt Set extended community route origins via the route-map Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Use this feature to display IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name.
PAGE 411
Origin IGP, Metric 4294967295 (Default), LocalPref 100, Weight 0, external Communities : 300:400 500:600 Extended Communities : RT:1111:4278080 SoO:35:4 SoO:38:50529045 SoO:0.0.0.2:33 SoO:36:50529043 SoO:506.62106:34 SoO:37:50529044 0x0303:254:11223* FTOS# Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 412
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Defaults. EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Command History FTOS#show ip extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test deny RT:1234:12 permit regexp 123 deny regexp 234 deny regexp 123 FTOS# Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 413
10 Bare Metal Provisioning Overview z Bare Metal Provisioning is supported on platforms: Bare Metal Provisioning version 2.0 is supported on S4810 and z switches. In a data center network, Bare Metal Provisioning (BMP) automates the configuration and updating of switches, ensuring standard configurations across installed devices. You can configure auto-configuration on a single switch or on multiple switches.
PAGE 414
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Parameters Defaults reload-type {normal-reload | jump-start [config-download {enable | disable}] [dhcp-timeout minutes]} normal-reload The switch reloads in normal mode using the FTOS image and startup configuration file stored in the local flash. jump-start The switch reloads in Jumpstart mode as a DHCP client.
PAGE 415
show reload-type Display the currently configured reload mode. Syntax Defaults show reload-type None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.10.1 Usage Information Introduced on S4810. Use the show reload-type command to check the currently configured auto-configuration mode (Jumpstart or Normal reload) on a switch running BMP 2.0. You can also use the show bootvar command to display the current reload mode for BMP 2.
PAGE 416
| Bare Metal Provisioning www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 417
11 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) Overview Content Addressable Memory (CAM) commands are supported on the Dell Force10 E-Series TeraScale e t, C-Series c, S-Series s, or platforms as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings. Note: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform symbol when looking for a command.
PAGE 418
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • CAM Profiles are available on FTOS versions 6.3.1.1 and later for the E-Series TeraScale. FTOS versions 7.8.1.0 and later support CAM allocations on the C-Series and S-Series. FTOS versions 8.3.12.0 and later support CAM allocations on the .
PAGE 419
Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information cam-acl {default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number ipv4qos number l2qos number l2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl number [vman-qos | vman-dual-qos number] ipv4pbr number [fcoeacl number iscsioptacl number]} default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows.
PAGE 420
www.dell.com | support.dell.com cam-acl-egress (Configuration) cs Select the FP groups for CAM access control lists for Layer 2, IPv4 and IPv6 ACLs. Syntax cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number} Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information default Reset the egress CAM ACL entries to the default settings. l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number Allocate space to each CAM region.
PAGE 421
Syntax Parameters Command Modes Defaults Command History Usage Information cam-optimization [qos] qos Optimize CAM usage for Quality of Service (QoS) CONFIGURATION Disabled Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 422
www.dell.com | support.dell.com microcode microcode Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Choose a microcode based on the CAM profile you chose. Not all microcodes are available to be paired with a CAM profile. • Enter the keyword default to select the microcode that distributes CAM space for a typical deployment. • Enter the keyword lag-hash-align to select the microcode for applications that require the same hashing for bi-directional traffic.
PAGE 423
Syntax Defaults show cam-acl None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Usage Information Example (default for C-Series / S-Series) The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl command.
PAGE 424
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 425
Example (default) FTOS#show cam-acl-egress -- Chassis Egress Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 1 Ipv4Acl : 1 Ipv6Acl : 2 -- Stack unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 1 Ipv4Acl : 1 Ipv6Acl : 2 FTOS# show cam-profile e Syntax Display the details of the CAM profiles on the chassis and all line cards.
PAGE 426
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information 426 | profile (OPTIONAL) Choose a single CAM profile to display: • Enter the keyword default to specify the default CAM profile. • Enter the keyword eg-default to specify the default CAM profile for EG (dual-CAM) line cards. • Enter the keyword ipv4-320k to specify the CAM profile that provides 320K entries for the IPv4 Forwarding Information Base (FIB).
PAGE 427
Example (show cam-profile summary) FTOS#show cam-profile summary -- Chassis CAM Profile -: Current Settings : Next Boot Profile Name : Default : Default MicroCode Name : Default : Default : Current Settings : Next Boot -- Line card 1 -Profile Name : Default : Default MicroCode Name : Default : Default : Current Settings : Next Boot -- Line card 6 -Profile Name : Default : Default MicroCode Name : Default : Default FTOS# Example (show cam-profile) FTOS#show cam-profile -- Chassis Cam Profile -CamSize : :
PAGE 428
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show cam-usage e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Example (show cam-usage acl) Display Layer 2, Layer 3, ACL, or all CAM usage statistics. show cam-usage [acl | router | switch] acl (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage. router (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display Layer 3 CAM usage. switch (OPTIONAL) Enter this keyword to display Layer 2 CAM usage. None EXEC Privilege Version 6.5.1.
PAGE 429
11 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | IN-L3 FIB IN-L3-SysFlow IN-L3-TrcList IN-L3-McastFib IN-L3-Qos IN-L3-PBR OUT-L3 ACL IN-L3 ACL IN-L3 FIB IN-L3-SysFlow IN-L3-TrcList IN-L3-McastFib IN-L3-Qos IN-L3-PBR OUT-L3 ACL | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 196607 2878 1024 9215 8192 1024 16384 8192 196607 2878 1024 9215 8192 1024 16384 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | 196606 2878 1024 9215 8192 1024 16384 8189 196606 2878 102
PAGE 430
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example (C-Series) The following examples show some sample output when using the test cam-usage command.
PAGE 431
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------0| 1 | IPv4Flow | 102 | 0 | Allowed FTOS# Table 11-2. Output Explanations: test cam-usage (S-Series) Term Explanation Stack-Unit Lists the stack unit or units that are checked. Entering all shows the status for all stacks. Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for linecards and port-pipes in the chassis.
PAGE 432
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.1.0 COMMAND DEPRECATED Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series cam-ipv4flow (CONFIGURATION) et Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information 432 cam ipv4flow {chassis all | linecard number} {default | acl value multicast-fib value pbr value qos value system-flow value trace-list value} | Configure the amount of CAM space in IPv4flow sub-regions.
PAGE 433
Related Commands copy Save the running configuration. show cam-ipv4flow Display the CAM IPv4flow entries. show cam-ipv4flow et Syntax Command Modes Command History Example Display details about the IPv4Flow sub-regions. show cam-ipv4flow EXEC Privilege Version 6.3.1.
PAGE 434
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 435
You can change the amount of CAM space, in percentage, allocated to each sub-region. The amount of space that you can distribute to the sub-partitions is equal to the amount of CAM space that the selected CAM profile allocates to the Layer 2 ACL partition. FTOS requires that you specify the amount of CAM space for all sub-partitions and that the sum of all sub-partitions is 100%. Like CAM profiles, you can configure the Layer 2 ACL partition from EXEC Privilege mode or CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 436
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands l2pt percentage Allocate a percentage of the Layer 2 ACL CAM space for L2PT entries. Enter the keyword l2pt and specify the percentage. Range: 5 to 95 frrp percentage Allocate a percentage of the Layer 2 ACL CAM space for FRRP entries. Enter the keyword frrp and specify a percentage. Range: 5 to 95 CONFIGURATION Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 437
Sysflow : L2Acl : --More-- Related Commands cam-l2acl (CONFIGURATION) 6 14 Re-allocate the amount of space, in percentage, for each Layer 2 ACL CAM sub-partition.
PAGE 438
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 439
12 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) Overview The CoPP commands are supported on the Dell Force10 and Z Z-Series platforms as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings.
PAGE 440
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information policy-name Enter the service-policy name, in a string up to 140 characters. Not configured. CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on S4810 A policy-map must be created by associating a queue number with the qos-policy. The QoS policies must be created prior to enabling this command. Related Commands qos-policy-input Create a QoS input policy map. class-map Create a QoS class map.
PAGE 441
show cpu-queue rate cp Display the rates for each queue. Syntax show cpu-queue rate cp Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on S4810 FTOS#show cpu-queue rate cp Service-Queue Rate (PPS) -----------------------Q0 1300 Q1 300 Q2 300 Q3 300 Q4 2000 Q5 400 Q6 400 Q7 1100 FTOS# show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured protocol. Syntax show ip protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 442
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 443
Example FTOS#show mac protocol-queue-mapping Protocol Destination Mac EtherType --------------------------------ARP any 0x0806 FRRP 01:01:e8:00:00:10/11 any LACP 01:80:c2:00:00:02 0x8809 LLDP any 0x88cc GVRP 01:80:c2:00:00:21 any STP 01:80:c2:00:00:00 any ISIS 01:80:c2:00:00:14/15 any 09:00:2b:00:00:04/05 any FTOS# Queue EgPort ---------Q5/Q6 CP Q7 CP Q7 CP Q7 CP Q7 CP Q7 CP Q7 CP Q7 CP Rate (kbps) ----------_ _ _ _ _ _ _ Control Plane Policing (CoPP) | 443
PAGE 444
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 445
13 Data Center Bridging Overview Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including LAN, server, and storage traffic. The Dell Force10 operating software (FTOS) commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the Data Center Bridging Exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 446
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 447
Command Modes Command History Usage Information PROTOCOL LLDP Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module To disable TLV transmission, use the no form of the command; for example, no advertise dcbx-appln-tlv iscsi. advertise dcbx-tlv On a DCBX port with a manual role, configure the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised to DCBX peers.
PAGE 448
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information percentage (Optional) Enter the bandwidth percentage. The percentage range is 1 to 100% in units of 1%. none QOS-POLICY-OUT-ETS Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module By default, equal bandwidth is assigned to each port queue and each dot1p priority in a priority group.
PAGE 449
clear pfc counters Clear the PFC TLV counters and PFC statistics on an interface or stack unit. Syntax clear pfc counters [port-type slot/port | stack-unit {unit number | all } all stack-ports all}]] Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History port-type Enter the keyword port-type followed by the slot/port information. stack-unit unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the stack-unit number to be cleared.
PAGE 450
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To delete the DCB input policy, use the no dcb-input command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information policy-name Maximum: 32 alphanumeric characters. none CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module As soon as you apply a DCB policy with PFC enabled on an interface, DCBX starts exchanging information with PFC-enabled peers. The IEEE802.
PAGE 451
The ETS configuration associated with 802.1 priority traffic in a DCB output policy is used in DCBX negotiation with ETS peers. Related Commands dcb-policy output Apply the output policy. dcb-policy input Apply the input policy with the PFC configuration to an ingress interface. Syntax dcb-policy input policy-name To delete the input policy, use the no dcb-policy input command.
PAGE 452
www.dell.com | support.dell.com dcb-policy input stack-unit stack-ports all Apply the specified DCB input policy on all ports of the switch stack or a single stacked switch. Syntax dcb-policy input stack-unit {all | stack-unit-id} stack-ports all dcb-input-policy-name To remove all DCB input policies applied to the stacked ports and rest the PFC to its default settings, use the no dcb-policy input stack-unit all command.
PAGE 453
When DCB is disabled, ETS is disabled by default. When DCB is enabled, ETS is enabled for all interfaces that has the default ETS configuration applied (all dot1p priorities in the same group with equal bandwidth allocation). Related Commands dcb-output Create a DCB output policy. dcb-policy output stack-unit stack-ports all Apply the specified DCB output policy on all ports of the switch stack or a single stacked switch.
PAGE 454
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information pfc-port-count {1-64} Enter the pfc-port count. Range: 1 to 64. pfc-queues {1-2} Enter the pfc-queue number. Range: 1 to 2. The PFC buffer is enabled on all ports on the stack unit. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 455
Usage Information If you configure PFC on a 40GbE port, count the 40GbE port as four PFC-enabled ports in the pfc-port number you enter in the command syntax. To achieve lossless PFC operation, the PFC port count and queue number used for the reserved buffer size that is created must be greater than or equal to the buffer size required for PFC-enabled ports and lossless queues on the switch.
PAGE 456
www.dell.com | support.dell.com dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5} Syntax To remove the DCBX version, use the dcbx version {auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5} command. Parameters Defaults auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5 Enter the DCBX version type used on the interface, where: • auto: configures the port to operate using the DCBX version received from a • • • peer. cee: configures the port to use CDD (Intel 1.01). cin: configures the port to use Cisco-Intel-Nuova (DCBX 1.0).
PAGE 457
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module description Enter a text description of the DCB policy (PFC input or ETS output). Syntax description text To remove the text description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes text Enter the description of the output policy. Maximum: 32 characters. none DCB INPUT POLICY DCB OUTPUT POLICY Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 458
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Related Commands If you disable ETS in an output policy applied to an interface using the no ets mode on command, any previously configured QoS settings at the interface or global level take effect. If QoS settings are configured at the interface or global level and in an output policy map (service-policy output command), the QoS configuration in the output policy takes precedence. dcb-output Create a DCB output policy.
PAGE 459
Usage Information This command is available at the global level only. pfc link-delay Configure the link delay used to pause specified priority traffic. Syntax pfc link-delay value To remove the link delay, use the no pfc link-delay command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Usage Information value Range: (in quanta) 712-65535. One quantum is equal to a 512-bit transmission. 45556 quantum DCB INPUT POLICY Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 460
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To disable PFC operation on an interface, enter the no pfc mode on command in DCB input policy configuration mode. PFC is enabled and disabled as global DCB operation is enabled (dcb-enable) or disabled (no dcb-enable). PFC and link-level flow control cannot be enabled at the same time on an interface. Related Commands dcb-input Create a DCB input policy. pfc no-drop queues Configure the port queues that will still function as no-drop queues for lossless traffic.
PAGE 461
pfc priority Configure the CoS traffic to be stopped for the specified delay. Syntax pfc priority priority-range To delete the pfc priority configuration, use the no pfc priority command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Usage Information priority-range Enter the 802.1p values of the frames to be paused. Separate the priority values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, pfc priority 1,3,5-7. Range: 0 to 7. None DCB INPUT POLICY Version 8.
PAGE 462
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module A priority group consists of 802.1p priority values that are grouped together for similar bandwidth allocation and scheduling, and that share the same latency and loss requirements. All 802.1p priorities mapped to the same queue should be in the same priority group. All 802.
PAGE 463
Related Commands dcb-output Create a DCB output policy. dcb-policy output Apply the output policy. priority-list Configure the 802.1p priorities for the traffic on which you want to apply an ETS output policy. Syntax priority-list value To remove the priority list, use the no priority-list command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes value none PRIORITY-GROUP Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 464
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module If an error occurs in an ETS output-policy configuration, the configuration is ignored and the scheduler and bandwidth allocation settings are reset to the ETS default values (all priorities are in the same ETS priority group and bandwidth is allocated equally to each priority).
PAGE 465
set-pgid Configure the priority-group identifier. Syntax set-pgid value To remove the priority group, use the no set-pgid command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands value Enter the priority group identification. Range: 0 to 7. none PRIORITY-GROUP Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module priority-group qos-policy Create an ETS priority group. priority-list Configure the 802.1p priorities.
PAGE 466
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show interface dcbx detail Displays the DCBX configuration on an interface. Syntax Parameters Command Mode Command History Example show interface port-type slot/port dcbx detail port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. EXEC PRIVILEGE Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 467
Table 13-2. show interface dcbx detail Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description DCBX Operational Status Operational status (enabled or disabled) used to elect a configuration source and internally propagate a DCB configuration. The DCBX operational status is the combination of PFC and ETS operational status. Configuration Source Specifies whether the port serves as the DCBX configuration source on the switch: true (yes) or false (no).
PAGE 468
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show interface ets Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on an interface, including priority groups with priorities and bandwidth allocation. Syntax Parameters Command Mode Command History Example (ets summary) show interface port-type slot/port ets {summary | detail} port-type slot/port ets Enter the port-type slot and port ETS information.
PAGE 469
Interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/3 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % S
PAGE 470
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 471
Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx Status is disabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class TLV Pkts Table 13-3 lists the show interface ets detail field descriptions. Table 13-3. show interfaces ets detail Command Example Fields Field Description Interface Interface type with stack-unit and port number.
PAGE 472
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show interface pfc Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on an interface, including priorities and link delay. Syntax Parameters Command Mode Command History Example show interface port-type slot/port pfc {summary | detail} port-type slot/ port pfc Enter the port-type slot and port PFC information. {summary | detail} Enter the keyword summary for a summary list of results or enter the keyword detail for a full list of results. INTERFACE Version 8.
PAGE 473
Usage Information To clear the PFC TLV counters, use the clear pfc counters interface port-type slot/port command. Table 13-4 lists the show interface pfc summary field descriptions. Table 13-4. show interfaces pfc summary Command Example Fields Field Description Interface Interface type with stack-unit and port number. Admin mode is on Admin is enabled PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC priorities.
PAGE 474
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 13-4. show interfaces pfc summary Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description PFC TLV Statistics: Error Number of PFC error packets received. pkts PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Number of PFC pause frames transmitted. Tx pkts PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Number of PFC pause frames received. Rx pkts show interface pfc statistics Displays counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface.
PAGE 475
Command History Example Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module FTOS(conf)# show qos dcb-input dcb-input pfc-profile pfc link-delay 32 pfc priority 0-1 dcb-input pfc-profile1 no pfc mode on pfc priority 6-7 show qos dcb-output Displays the ETS configuration in a DCB output policy. Syntax Parameters Command Mode Command History Example show qos dcb-output [ets-profile] [ets-profile] Enter the ETS profile. EXEC PRIVILEGE Version 8.3.
PAGE 476
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show stack-unit stack-ports ets detail Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on stacked ports, including ETS operational mode on each unit and the configurated priority groups with dot1p priorities, bandwidth allocation, and scheduler type. Syntax Parameters Command Mode Command History Example show stack-unit {all | stack-unit} stack-ports {all | port-number} ets detail stack-unit Enter the stack unit identification.
PAGE 477
show stack-unit stack-ports pfc detail Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on stacked ports, including PFC operational mode on each unit with the configured priorities, link delay, and number of pause packets sent and received. Syntax Parameters Command Mode Command History Example show stack-unit {all | stack-unit} stack-ports {all | port-number} pfc detail stack-unit Enter the stack unit. port-number Enter the port number. EXEC PRIVILEGE Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 478
| Data Center Bridging www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 479
14 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Overview Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on configuration policies determined by network administrators. The basic DHCP commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or .
PAGE 480
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • show ip dhcp binding show ip dhcp configuration show ip dhcp conflict show ip dhcp server clear ip dhcp Reset DHCP counters. cs Syntax Parameters Command Mode Default Command History Usage Information clear ip dhcp [binding {address} | conflict | server statistics] binding Enter this keyword to delete all entries in the binding table. address Enter the IP address to clear the binding entry for a single IP address.
PAGE 481
default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on address pool. cs Syntax Parameters Command Mode Default Command History default-router address [address2...address8] address Enter the a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to 8. List them in order of preference. DHCP None Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. disable Disable DHCP Server.
PAGE 482
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. domain-name Assign a domain to clients based on address pool. cs Syntax Parameters Command Mode Default Command History domain-name name name Give a name to the group of addresses in a pool. DHCP None Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 483
Parameters Command Mode Default Command History address Enter the hardware address of the client. DHCP None Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. host For manual (rather than automatic) configurations, assign a host to a single-address pool. cs Syntax Parameters Command Mode Default Command History host address address/mask Enter the host IP address and subnet mask. DHCP None Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 484
www.dell.com | support.dell.com netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. cs Syntax Parameters Command Mode Default Command History netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server. You may enter up to 8, in order of preference. DHCP None Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 485
Command Mode Default Command History DHCP None Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool. cs Syntax Parameters Command Mode Default Command History pool name Enter the address pool’s identifying name name DHCP None Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp binding cs Display the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 486
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Command History None Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp conflict cs Display the address conflict log. Syntax show ip dhcp conflict address Parameters Command Mode Default Command History address Display a particular conflict log entry. EXEC Privilege None Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp server cs Display the DHCP server statistics.
PAGE 487
• • • • • • • ip dhcp snooping database renew ip dhcp snooping trust ip dhcp source-address-validation ip dhcp snooping vlan ip dhcp relay information-option ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address show ip dhcp snooping arp inspection ces Syntax Command Modes Default Command History Related Commands Enable Dynamic Arp Inspection (DAI) on a VLAN. arp inspection INTERFACE VLAN Disabled Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 488
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands arp inspection Enable Dynamic ARP Inspection on a VLAN. clear ip dhcp snooping ces Clear the DHCP binding table. Syntax clear ip dhcp snooping binding Command Modes Default Command History Related Commands EXEC Privilege None Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 489
ip dhcp snooping database ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Default Command History Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes Range: 5-21600 CONFIGURATION None Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series ip dhcp snooping binding ces Syntax Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table.
PAGE 490
www.dell.com | support.dell.com EXEC Privilege Default Command History Related Commands None Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database renew ces Syntax Command Modes Renew the binding table.
PAGE 491
ip dhcp source-address-validation ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Default Command History Usage Information Enable IP Source Guard. [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac] ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation (Not available on E-Series). INTERFACE Disabled Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Added keyword ipmac. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 492
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip dhcp relay information-option ces Enable Option 82. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Default Command History ip dhcp relay information-option [remote-id | trust-downstream] remote-id Configure the system to enable remote-id string in Option 82. trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. CONFIGURATION Disabled Version 8.3.5.3. Introduced on S55. Version 8.3.3.8 Introduced on S60. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 493
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address ces Syntax Command Modes Default Command History Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address CONFIGURATION Disabled Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 494
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 495
15 Equal Cost Multi-Path Overview The characters that appear below command headings indicate support for the associated Dell Force10 platform as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or .
PAGE 496
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes ecmp-group ID Enter the identifier number for the ECMP group. Range: 2 to 64. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port to add the interface to the ECMP group. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 497
Parameters algorithm-number Enter the algorithm number. Range: 0 to 47 ecmp hash algorithm TeraScale and ExaScale Only: Enter the keyword ecmp followed by the ECMP hash algorithm value. Range: 0 to 47 value Defaults lag hash algorithm value TeraScale and ExaScale Only: Enter the keyword lag followed by the LAG hash algorithm value. Range: 0 to 47 nh-ecmp hash algorithm value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword nh-ecmp followed by the ECMP hash algorithm value.
PAGE 498
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The line card option is applicable with the lag-hash-align microcode only (refer to cam-profile (Config)). Any other microcode returns an error message as follows: Message 1 FTOS(conf)#hash-algorithm linecard 5 ip-sa-mask ff ip-da-mask ff Message 2 % Error: This command is not supported in the current microcode configuration.
PAGE 499
Related Commands load-balance (E-Series) Change the traffic balancing method. hash-algorithm ecmp cs Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command.
PAGE 500
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information d value Enter the keyword followed by the d value. Range: 0 to 4095 linecard slot Enter the keyword linecard followed by the linecard slot number. port-set number Enter the keyword port-set followed by the linecard port-pipe number. None CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. Deterministic ECMP sorts ECMPs in order even though RTM provides them in a random order.
PAGE 501
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series. After enabling IPv6 Deterministic ECMP, traffic loss occurs for a few milliseconds while FTOS sorts the CAM entries. ipv6 ecmp-deterministic e Deterministic ECMP Next Hop arranges all ECMPs in order before writing them into the CAM. For example, suppose the RTM learns 8 ECMPs in the order that the protocols and interfaces came up. In this case, the FIB and CAM sort them so that the ECMPs are always arranged.
PAGE 502
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on S4810 Usage Information You must save the new ECMP settings to the startup-config (write-mem) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. Related Commands show ip cam stack-unit Display content-addressable memory (CAM) entries for an S-Series switch. link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
PAGE 503
Syntax Command Modes Command History Related Commands show config CONFIGURATION-ECMP-GROUP Version 8.3.10.0 show running-config ecmp-group Introduced on S4810 Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP) and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface.
PAGE 504
| Equal Cost Multi-Path www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 505
16 FIP Snooping Overview In a converged Ethernet network, an MXL Switch or can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on Fibre Channel over Ethernet Initialization Protocol (FIP) packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs). Acting as a transit FIP snooping bridge, the switch uses dynamically-created ACLs to permit only authorized FCoE traffic to be transmitted between an FCoE end-device and an FCF.
PAGE 506
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters enode-mac-address Enter the ENode MAC address to be cleared of FIP snooping information. fcf-mac-address Enter the FCF MAC address to be cleared of FIP snooping information. session-mac-address Enter the MAC address for the session to be cleared of FIP snooping information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 507
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. feature fip-snooping Enable the FIP snooping feature on a switch. Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FIP snooping feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module fip-snooping enable Enable FIP snooping on all VLANs or on a specified VLAN.
PAGE 508
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value used by FIP snooping. The range is from 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF. 0x0EFC00 CONFIGURATION VLAN INTERFACE Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted Configure the port for bridge-to-bridge links.
PAGE 509
show fip-snooping config Display the FIP snooping status and configured FC-MAP values. Syntax Command Mode Example show fip-snooping config EXEC EXEC Privilege FTOS# show fip-snooping config FIP Snooping Feature enabled Status: Enabled FIP Snooping Global enabled Status: Enabled Global FC-MAP Value: 0X0EFC00 FIP Snooping enabled VLANs VLAN Enabled FC-MAP ----------------100 TRUE 0X0EFC00 Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 510
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 16-1. show fip-snooping enode Command Field Description (continued) Field Description VLAN VLAN ID number used by the session FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID assigned by the FCF. show fip-snooping fcf Display information on the FCFs in FIP-snooped sessions, including the FCF interface and MAC address, FCF interface, VLAN ID, FC-MAP value, FKA advertisement period, and number of ENodes connected.
PAGE 511
show fip-snooping sessions Display information on FIP-snooped sessions on all VLANs or a specified VLAN, including the ENode interface and MAC address, the FCF interface and MAC address, VLAN ID, FCoE MAC address and FCoE session ID number (FC-ID), worldwide node name (WWNN) and the worldwide port name (WWPN). Syntax Parameters Command Mode Command History Example show fip-snooping sessions [interface vlan vlan-id] vlan-id Enter the vlan-id of the specified VLAN to be displayed.
PAGE 512
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Command History Example port-type port/slot Enter the port-type and slot number of the FIP packet statistics to be displayed. port-channelnumber] Enter the port channel number of the FIP packet statistics to be displayed. EXEC EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 513
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of Unicast Discovery Solicits FLOGI FDISC FLOGO Enode Keep Alive VN Port Keep Alive Multicast Discovery Advertisement Unicast Discovery Advertisement FLOGI Accepts FLOGI Rejects FDISC Accepts FDISC Rejects FLOGO Accepts FLOGO Rejects CVL FCF Discovery Timeouts VN Port Session Timeouts Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 :0
PAGE 514
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 16-4.
PAGE 515
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module show fips status Display the FIPs status on the platform. Note: You must have a license to access this command. For more information, please contact your Dell Force10 representative. Syntax show fips status Default None Command Modes Command History EXEC Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 516
| FIP Snooping www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 517
17 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Overview Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or . FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the Spanning Tree Protocol. The Resilient Ring Protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status.
PAGE 518
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • A VLAN configured as control VLAN for a ring cannot be configured as control or member VLAN for any other ring. Member VLANs across multiple rings are not supported in Master nodes. If multiple rings share one or more member VLANs, they cannot share any links between them. Each ring can have only one Master node; all others are Transit nodes. clear frrp Clear the FRRP statistics counters.
PAGE 519
Syntax debug frrp {event | packet | detail} [ring-id] [count number] To disable debugging, use the no debug frrp {event | packet | detail} {ring-id} [count number] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets.
PAGE 520
www.dell.com | support.dell.com disable ce Disable the Resilient Ring Protocol. Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced interface ce Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces.
PAGE 521
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands secondary interface Enter the keyword secondary to configure the secondary interface followed by one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 522
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced for the S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced for the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced mode Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring. ce Syntax mode {master | transit} To reset the mode, use the no mode {master | transit} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes master Enter the keyword master to set the Ring node to Master mode.
PAGE 523
Usage Information This command places you into the Resilient Ring Protocol. After executing this command, the command line prompt changes to conf-frrp. show frrp Display the Resilient Ring Protocol configuration. ce Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number. Range: 1 to 255 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration.
PAGE 524
www.dell.com | support.dell.com timer ce Set the hello or dead interval for the Ring control packets. Syntax timer {hello-interval milliseconds}| {dead-interval milliseconds} To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [milliseconds]}| {dead-interval milliseconds} command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello-interval followed by the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets.
PAGE 525
18 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) Overview The basic GVRP commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or .
PAGE 526
www.dell.com | support.dell.com GVRP ensures that all participants on a bridged LAN maintain the same VLAN registration information. The VLAN registration information propagated by GVRP include both manually configured local static entries and dynamic entries from other devices.
PAGE 527
clear gvrp statistics ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. clear gvrp statistics interface interface interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 528
www.dell.com | support.dell.com pdu Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the keyword pdu followed one of the following Interface keywords and slot/port or number information: (Not available on S4810) • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 529
Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join followed by the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. Range: 100 to 147483647 milliseconds Default: 200 milliseconds Note: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100 leave Enter the keyword leave followed by the number of milliseconds to configure the leave time.
PAGE 530
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Disabled CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C, E, and S-Series disable Globally disable GVRP. gvrp registration ces Syntax Configure the GVRP register type. gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command.
PAGE 531
The forbidden is used when you do not want the interface to advertise or learn about VLANs through GVRP. Related Commands show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration including the registration protocol gvrp ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Access GVRP protocol — (config-gvrp)#. protocol gvrp Disabled CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Related Commands disable Introduced on C, E, and S-Series Globally disable GVRP.
PAGE 532
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes No default values or behavior EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C, E, and S-Series Example Related Commands FTOS#show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 FTOS# garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages.
PAGE 533
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C, E, and S-Series Example R3#show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled.
PAGE 534
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 535
19 High Availability (HA) Overview High Availability (HA) in FTOS is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a Route Processor Module (RPM) failure. The feature is available on the C-Series and E-Series where noted by these symbols under command headings: c e s and FTOS on the E-Series supports RPM 1 + 1 redundancy. The Primary RPM performs all routing and control operations, while the Secondary RPM is online and monitoring the Primary RPM.
PAGE 536
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • show patch show processes restartable show redundancy patch flash://RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR Insert an In-Service Modular Hot-Fix patch. e Syntax patch flash://RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR/patch-filename To remove the patch, enter no patch flash://RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR/patch-filename Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information None CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 537
Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands count number Enter the number of times a process can restart within the configured period. Range: 1-3 Default: 3 period minutes Enter the amount of time within which the process can restart count times. Range: 1-60 minutes Default: 60 minutes By default, a process can be restarted a maximum of 3 times within 1 hour. On the exception that exceeds this limit, the system reloads or fails over. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 538
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information If auto failover is disabled, enter the redundancy auto-failover-limit (without any parameters) to set auto failover to the default parameters (Count 3, Period 60 minutes).Use the show redundancy command to view the redundancy status. When you change one or both of the optional parameters, FTOS checks that the interval between auto failovers is more than five (5) minutes. If the interval is less, FTOS returns a configuration error message.
PAGE 539
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series This command can be used to provide a hitless or warm upgrade. A hitless upgrade means that a software upgrade does not require a reboot of the line cards. A warm upgrade means that a software upgrade requires a reset of the line cards and SFMs.
PAGE 540
www.dell.com | support.dell.com redundancy protocol Enable hitless protocols. ce Syntax redundancy protocol {lacp | xstp} To disable a hitless protocol, enter no redundancy protocol {lacp | xstp}. Parameters lacp Enter the keyword lacp to make LACP hitless. xstp Enter the keyword xstp to invoke hitless STP (all STP modes — MSTP, PVST+, RSTP, STP). Note: On the C-Series, hitless STP is available only for MSTP, PVST+, and RSTP.
PAGE 541
Syntax redundancy sfm standby Place the SFM in an online state using the command no redundancy sfm standby command. Defaults Command Modes The SFM is online by default. CONFIGURATION Command History Version 7.5.1.0 Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Only Usage Information Introduced on C-Series When a secondary RPM with logical SFM is inserted or removed, the system must add or remove the backplane links to the switch fabric trunk.
PAGE 542
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands show sfm Display the SFM status show switch links Display the switch fabric backplane or internal status. redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data once between the Primary RPM and the Secondary RPM. ce Syntax Parameters redundancy synchronize [full | persistent-data | system-data] full Enter the keyword full to synchronize all data. persistent-data Enter the keywords persistent-data to synchronize the startup configuration between RPMs.
PAGE 543
Parameters history Display the last time the restartable processes crashed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 544
www.dell.com | support.dell.com -----------------------------------------------RPM State: Standby RPM SW Version: 7.5.1.
PAGE 545
Table 19-1. show redundancy Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description RPM Failover Record Displays the following information: • RPM failover counter (to reset the counter, use the redundancy reset-counter command) • the time and date of the last RPM failover • the reason for the last RPM failover. Last Data Sync Record Displays the data sync information and the timestamp for the data sync: • Start-up Config is the contents of the startup-config file.
PAGE 546
| High Availability (HA) www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 547
20 ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP Message Type. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from a ping. Table 20-2.
PAGE 548
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 20-2.
PAGE 549
21 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Overview The IGMP commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or . This chapter contains the following sections: • • IGMP Commands IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands FTOS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376. Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • FTOS supports PIM-SM and PIM-SSM include and exclude modes.
PAGE 550
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • • • • • ip igmp access-group ip igmp group-join-limit ip igmp immediate-leave ip igmp last-member-query-interval ip igmp querier-timeout ip igmp query-interval ip igmp query-max-resp-time ip igmp ssm-map ip igmp static-group ip igmp version show ip igmp groups show ip igmp interface show ip igmp ssm-map clear ip igmp groups ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Clear entries from the group cache table.
PAGE 551
debug ip igmp ces Syntax Enable debugging of IGMP packets. debug ip igmp [group address | interface] To disable IGMP debugging, enter no debug ip igmp [group address | interface]. To disable all debugging, enter undebug all. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 552
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series The access list accepted is an extended ACL. This feature is used to block IGMP reports from hosts, on a per-interface basis; based on the group address and source address specified in the access list.
PAGE 553
Command Modes Command History INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information Querier normally sends a certain number of group specific queries when a leave message is received, for a group, prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations in which immediate deletion of a group from the membership database is required.
PAGE 554
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. Default: 125 seconds Range: 60 to 300 125 seconds INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series in Interface VLAN mode only to enable that system to act as an IGMP Proxy Querier. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 555
ip igmp query-max-resp-time ces Syntax Set the maximum query response time advertised in general queries. ip igmp query-max-resp-time seconds To return to the default values, enter no ip igmp query-max-resp-time. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the number of seconds for the maximum response time. Default: 10 seconds Range: 1 to 25 seconds 10 seconds INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 556
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Related Commands Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Mapping applies to both v1 and v2 IGMP joins; any updates to the ACL are reflected in the IGMP groups. You may not use extended access lists with this command. When a static SSM map is configured and the router cannot find any matching access lists, the router continues to accept (*,G) groups.
PAGE 557
Command Limitations • • Related Commands Only one mode (include or exclude) is permitted per multicast group per interface. To configure another mode, all sources belonging to the original mode must be unconfigured. If a static configuration is present and a packet for the same group arrives on an interface, the dynamic entry will completely overwrite all the static configuration for the group.
PAGE 558
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 559
Example (VLT Port Channel Down) Note: The asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 2) highlighted in the example below indicates the port channel is VLT, that the local VLT port channel is down and the remote VLT port is up. FTOS#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.
PAGE 560
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 561
show ip igmp ssm-map ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display is a list of groups that are currently in the IGMP group table and contain SSM mapped sources. show ip igmp ssm-map [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the form A.B.C.D to display the list of sources to which this group is mapped. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 562
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • IGMP snooping is not enabled by default on the switch. A maximum of 1800 groups and 600 VLAN are supported. IGMP snooping is not supported on default VLAN interface. IGMP snooping is not supported over VLAN-Stack-enabled VLAN interfaces (you must disable IGMP snooping on a VLAN interface before configuring VLAN-Stack-related commands). IGMP snooping does not react to Layer 2 topology changes triggered by STP.
PAGE 563
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information You must enter this command to enable IGMP snooping. When enabled from CONFIGURATION mode, IGMP snooping is enabled on all VLAN interfaces (except default VLAN). Note: You must execute the no shutdown command on the VLAN interface for IGMP Snooping to function.
PAGE 564
www.dell.com | support.dell.com C-Series and S-Series, unregistered multicast data traffic is dropped when flooding is disabled; they do not forward the packets to multicast router ports. On the C-Series and S-Series, Layer 3 multicast must be disabled (no ip multicast-routing) in order to disable Layer 2 multicast flooding. Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History ip igmp snooping flood Enabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 565
To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 566
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic does not need to be routed. An IP address must be assigned to the VLAN interface for the switch to act as a querier for this VLAN.
PAGE 567
\ 22 Interfaces Overview The commands in this chapter are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, . or Z Z-Series. Although all interfaces are supported on E-Series ExaScale, some interface functionality is supported on E-Series ExaScale ex with FTOS 8.2.1.0. and later. When this is the case that is noted in the command history.
PAGE 568
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 569
clear counters ces Syntax Parameters Clear the counters used in the show interfaces commands for all VRRP groups, VLANs, and physical interfaces, or selected ones. clear counters [interface] [vrrp [{[ipv6] vrid | vrf instance}] | learning-limit] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 570
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Updated definition of the learning-limit option for clarity. FTOS#clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] mac learning-limit Allow aging of MACs even though a learning-limit is configured or disallow station move on learnt MACs.
PAGE 571
Usage Information On the S4810, after you enter the clear counters command and verify the results with the show interfaces command, the line rate is not reset to 0.00%. Example Related Commands FTOS#clear dampening gigabitethernet 1/2 Clear dampening counters on Gi 1/2 [confirm] y FTOS# show interfaces dampening Display interface dampening information. dampening Configure dampening on an interface.
PAGE 572
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example (CX4 Cable Length Configuration) FTOS#config FTOS(config)#interface tengigabitethernet 0/52 FTOS(conf-if-0/52)#cx4-cable-length long FTOS(conf-if-0/52)#show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/51 no ip address cx4-cable-length long shutdown FTOS(conf-if-0/52)#exit FTOS(config)# For details on using XFP ports with CX4 cables, your S-Series hardware guide. Related Commands show config Display the configuration of the selected interface.
PAGE 573
Example Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series FTOS(conf-if-gi-3/2)#dampening 20 800 4500 120 FTOS(conf-if-gi-3/2)# With each flap, FTOS penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life. Once the accumulated penalty exceeds the suppress threshold value, the interface is moved to the error-disabled state.
PAGE 574
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • Related Commands The shutdown and description commands are the only commands that you can configure on an interface that is a member of a port-channel. Use the show interfaces description command to display descriptions configured for each interface. show interfaces description Display description field of interfaces. disable-on-sfm-failure e Syntax Disable select ports on E300 systems when a single SFM is available.
PAGE 575
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.4.1.0 Documentation modified—added Management to distinguish from duplex (10/ 100 Interfaces) This command applies only to the Management interface on the RPMs. interface ManagementEthernet Configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM). duplex (Management) Set the mode of the Management interface.
PAGE 576
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands speed (for 10/100/1000 interfaces) Set the speed on the Base-T Ethernet interface. negotiation auto Enable or disable auto-negotiation on an interface. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on a LAG link bundle. A system log or SNMP trap is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold.
PAGE 577
Defaults tx on Enter the keywords tx on to send control frames from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. This is the default value on the send side. tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received.
PAGE 578
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Important Points to Remember • • Do not enable tx pause when buffer carving is enabled. Consult Dell Force10 TAC for information and assistance. Asymmetric flow control (rx on tx off or rx off tx on) setting for the interface port less than 100 Mb/s speed is not permitted. The following error is returned: Can’t configure Asymmetric flowcontrol when speed <1G, config ignored • The only configuration applicable to half duplex ports is rx off tx off.
PAGE 579
The table below displays how FTOS negotiates the flow control values between two Dell Force10 chassis connected back-to-back using 1G copper ports. Table 22-1.
PAGE 580
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Example FTOS(conf)#interface gig 0/0 FTOS(conf-if-gi-0/0)#exit# Usage Information You cannot delete a physical interface.
PAGE 581
FTOS(conf-if-lo-1655)# Related Commands interface Configure a physical interface. interface null Configure a Null interface. interface port-channel Configure a port channel. interface vlan Configure a VLAN. interface ManagementEthernet ces Z Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Usage Information Configure the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM).
PAGE 582
www.dell.com | support.dell.com interface null ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Configure a Null interface on the switch. interface null number number Not configured; number = 0 CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Example Usage Information Related Commands Enter zero (0) as the Null interface number.
PAGE 583
Parameters interface, interface,... Enter the keyword interface range and one of the interfaces — slot/port, port-channel or VLAN number. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration. You can enter up to six comma separated ranges—spaces are not required between the commas. Comma-separated ranges can include VLANs, port-channels and physical interfaces. Slot/Port information must contain a space before and after the dash.
PAGE 584
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • Example If overlapping port ranges are specified, the port range is extended to the smallest start port and the biggest end port.
PAGE 585
show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Show the bulk configuration interfaces. show range Show the bulk configuration ranges. interface range macro (define) Define a macro for an interface-range. interface range macro (define) ces Syntax Parameters Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration. define interface range macro name interface , interface , ... name Enter up to 16 characters for the macro name. interface , interface ,...
PAGE 586
www.dell.com | support.dell.com FTOS# show running-config | grep define define interface-range test tengigabitethernet 0/0 - 3 , gigabitethernet 5/0 47 , gigabitethernet 13/0 - 89 FTOS(config)#interface range macro test FTOS(config-if-range-te-0/0-3,gi-5/0-47,gi-13/0-89)# Usage Information Related Commands interface range Configure a range of command (bulk configuration) interface range macro name Run an interface range macro.
PAGE 587
interface vlan ces Syntax Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs. interface vlan vlan-id To delete a VLAN, use the no interface vlan vlan-id command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History vlan-id Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. CONFIGURATION Version 8.2.1.0 Support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.
PAGE 588
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To return to the default of averaging the IPG, enter no ipg {shrink | ieee-802.3ae} Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ieee-802.3ae Enter the keyword ieee-802.3ae to set the IPG to 12 (12-15) bytes (packet size dependent) shrink Enter the keyword shrink to set the IPG to 8 (8-11) bytes (packet size dependent). averaging the IPG INTERFACE pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series For 10 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces only.
PAGE 589
lfs enable e Syntax Enable Link Fault Signaling (LFS) on 10 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces only. lfs enable To disable LFS, enter no lfs enable. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enabled. INTERFACE (10 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces only) pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series If there is a failure on the link, FTOS brings down the interface. The interface will stay down until the link failure signal stops. Note: On TeraScale line cards, LFS is always enabled by default.
PAGE 590
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For the management port, enter the keyword managementethernet followed by the slot (0-1) and the port (0).
PAGE 591
Example (All Interfaces on a Line Card) [delta] systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Interface Link 0 0 42 24 2661385 832816 5 72 1 144 15 27 1 81293 0 0 18 9 1114221 523329 [delta] Out Packets Gi 0/0 Down 0 0 0 Gi 0/1 Down 0 0 0 Gi 0/2 Up 61512 52 66160 Gi 0/3 Up 63086 20 9405888 Gi 0/4 Up 14697471418 Gi 0/5 Up 3759 2661481 3 13392989657 161959604 Gi 0/6 Up 4070 3 8680346 Gi 0/7 Up 61934 34 138734357 Gi 0/8 Up 61427 1 59960 Up 62039 53 104239232 Gi 0/10
PAGE 592
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 22-2. Key monitor Command Menu Options Description l Change the view to next interface on the line card, or if in the line card mode, the next line card in the chassis. a Change the view to the previous interface on the line card, or if the line card mode, the previous line card in the chassis. T Increase the screen refresh rate. t Decrease the screen refresh rate. q Return to the CLI prompt.
PAGE 593
Link MTU and IP MTU considerations for port channels and VLANs are as follows. Port channels: • • All members must have the same link MTU value and the same IP MTU value. The port channel link MTU and IP MTU must be less than or equal to the link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members. Example: if the members have a link MTU of 2100 and an IP MTU 2000, the port channel’s MTU values cannot be higher than 2100 for link MTU or 2000 bytes for IP MTU.
PAGE 594
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced for E-Series This command is supported on C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series (TeraScale and ExaScale) 10/ 100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. The no negotiation auto command is only available if you first manually set the speed of a port to 10Mbits or 100Mbits.
PAGE 595
Interface index is 474791997 Internet address is 1.1.1.1/24 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex, Master ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interfaces" counters 00:12:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: ... Both sides of the link must have auto-negotiation enabled or disabled for the link to come up.
PAGE 596
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series and S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 597
switchport Place the interface in a Layer 2 mode. vlan-stack trunk Specify an interface as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network.
PAGE 598
www.dell.com | support.dell.com rate-interval ces Syntax Configure the traffic sampling interval on the selected interface. rate-interval seconds Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for which to collect traffic data. Range: 30 to 299 seconds Note: Since polling occurs every 15 seconds, the number of seconds designated here will round to the multiple of 15 seconds lower than the entered value.
PAGE 599
FTOS(conf-if)# show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) ces Syntax Command Modes Command History Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). show config CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (conf-if-range) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 600
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 601
Note: After the counters are cleared, the line-rate continues to increase until it reaches the maximum line rate. When the maximum line rate is reached, there will be no change in the line-rate.
PAGE 602
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 22-5. Lines in show interfaces Command Example (continued) Line Description Input Statistics: Displays all the input statistics including: • Number of packets and bytes into the interface • Number of packets with IP headers, VLAN tagged headers and MPLS headers Note: The sum of the number of packets may not be as expected since a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet.
PAGE 603
Table 22-5. Example (TeraScale) Example (1G SFP Interface) Lines in show interfaces Command Example (continued) Line Description Rate information... Estimate of the input and output traffic rate over a designated interval (30 to 299 seconds). Traffic rate is displayed in bits, packets per second, and percent of line rate. Time since... Elapsed time since the last interface status change (hh:mm:ss format).
PAGE 604
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 605
show interfaces rate Display information of either rate limiting or rate policing on the interface. show interfaces switchport Display Layer 2 information about the interfaces. show inventory (C-Series and E-Series) Display the chassis type, components (including media), FTOS version including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols.
PAGE 606
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show interfaces configured ces Syntax Command Modes any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces configured EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands 606 Display | Interfaces Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.4.1.
PAGE 607
show interfaces dampening ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Display interface dampening information. show interfaces dampening [[interface] [summary] [detail]] interface (Optional) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 608
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show interfaces debounce e Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display information on interfaces with debounce timer configured. show interfaces debounce interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 609
Parameters Command Modes interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 610
www.dell.com | support.dell.com GigabitEthernet 8/10 GigabitEthernet 8/11 FTOS> YES up YES up up up Table 22-6. show interfaces description Command Example Fields Field Description Interface Displays type of interface and associated slot and port number. OK? Indicates if the hardware is functioning properly. Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface.
PAGE 611
MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 20:16:29 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over
PAGE 612
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 100MegFullDplx: 100MegHalfDplx: 10MegFullDplx: 10MegHalfDplx: Asym Pause: Sym Pause: AutoNegotiation Expansion: ParallelDetectionFault: ... 612 Table 22-7. | Interfaces False False False False False False False Lines in show interfaces gigabitethernet Command Example Line Description Mode Control Indicates if auto negotiation is enabled. If so, indicates the selected speed and duplex. Mode Status Displays auto negotiation fault information.
PAGE 613
Related Commands show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces stack-unit sz Display information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series stack member. Syntax show interfaces stack-unit unit-number Parameters Command Modes unit-number Enter the stack member number (0 to 7 for Z9000, 0-11 for S4810). EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 614
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands show hardware stack-unit Display data plane and management plane input/output statistics. show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces status ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Display a summary of interface information or specify a line card slot and interface to display status information on that specific interface only.
PAGE 615
Gi 0/13 Gi 0/14 Gi 0/15 FTOS# Related Commands Down Down Down show interfaces Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto ---- Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces switchport ces Syntax Parameters Display only virtual and physical interfaces in Layer 2 mode. This command displays the Layer 2 mode interfaces’ IEEE 802.1Q tag status and VLAN membership.
PAGE 616
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 802.1QTagged: Hybrid Vlan membership: Vlan 2, Vlan 20 Native VlanId: 20 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/2 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/3 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 --More-- Table 22-8. Related Commands Items in show interfaces switchport Command Example Items Description Name Displays the interface’s type, slot and port number. 802.
PAGE 617
Command Modes tengigabitethernet For a 10G interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. fortyGigE For a 40G interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/ port information. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 618
www.dell.com | support.dell.com SFP 1 Bias High Alarm threshold = 17.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold = 0.631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold = 1.259mW SFP 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold = -25.000C SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold = 2.700V SFP 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold = 1.000mA SFP 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.067mW SFP 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.010mW =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Warning threshold = 90.000C SFP 1 Voltage High Warning threshold = 3.
PAGE 619
Table 22-9. Diagnostic Data in show interfaces transceiver (continued) Line Description RX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 620
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 22-9. 620 | Interfaces Diagnostic Data in show interfaces transceiver (continued) Line Description Tx Power Present Tx power of the SFP. If this crosses Tx power alarm/warning thresholds, then the Tx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, then the Tx power low alarm/warning flag is set to true. Rx Power Present Rx power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA.
PAGE 621
Table 22-9. Related Commands Diagnostic Data in show interfaces transceiver (continued) Line Description Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current voltage value displayed above. Tx Bias High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above.
PAGE 622
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example 622 Related Commands | Interfaces FTOS(conf-if-range-so-2/0-1,fa-0/0)#show range interface sonet 2/0 - 1 interface fastethernet 0/0 FTOS(conf-if-range-so-2/0-1,fa-0/0)# interface Configure a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface Displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
PAGE 623
show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles). Syntax Command Mode Defaults Command History Related Commands show running-config ecmp-group CONFIGURATION Disabled Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on S4810 ecmp-group Configure a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution.
PAGE 624
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands interface port-channel Create a port channel interface. interface vlan Create a VLAN. show ip interface Displays the interface routing status. Add the keyword brief to display a table of interfaces and their status. speed (for 10/100/1000 interfaces) ces Syntax Set the speed for 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. Both sides of a link must be set to the same speed (10/100/1000) or to auto or the link may not come up.
PAGE 625
When you configure a speed for the 10/100/1000 interface, you should confirm the negotiation auto command setting. Both sides of the link should have auto-negotiation either enabled or disabled. For speed settings of 1000 or auto, the software sets the link to auto-negotiation and you cannot change that setting. In FTOS, the command speed 100 is an exact equivalent of speed auto 100 in IOS. Note: Starting with FTOS 7.8.1.
PAGE 626
www.dell.com | support.dell.com duplex (Management) Set the mode of the Management interface. management route Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. stack-unit portmode z Syntax Split a single 40G port into 4-10G ports on the S4810 or Z9000. stack-unit stack-unit port number portmode quad Parameters stack-unit Enter the stack member unit identifier of the stack member to reset.
PAGE 627
switchport ces Syntax Place an interface in Layer 2 mode. switchport [backup interface {gigabit slot/port | tengigabit slot/port | fortyGigE slot/port | port-channel number}] To remove an interface from Layer 2 mode and place it in Layer 3 mode, enter no switchport. If a switchport backup interface is configured, you must first remove the backup configuration.
PAGE 628
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To use the switchport backup interface command on a port, you must first enter the switchport command. For details, the Configuring Redundant Links section in the Layer 2 chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide. Related Commands interface port-channel Create a port channel interface. show interfaces switchport Display information about switchport interfaces. wanport e Syntax Enable the WAN mode on a TenGigabitEthernet interface.
PAGE 629
Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad. In FTOS, a LAG is referred to as a Port Channel. Table 22-10.
PAGE 630
www.dell.com | support.dell.com channel-member ces Syntax Add an interface to the Port Channel, while in the INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL mode. channel-member interface To delete an interface from a Port Channel, use the no channel-member interface command.
PAGE 631
When an interface is removed from a Port Channel with the no channel-member command syntax, the interface reverts to its configuration prior to joining the Port Channel. An interface can belong to only one Port Channel. On the E-Series TeraScale, you can add up to 16 interfaces to a Port Channel; E-Series ExaScale can have up to 64. You can have eight interfaces per Port Channel on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 632
www.dell.com | support.dell.com FTOS(conf-po-failover-grp)# Related Commands port-channel failover-group Access the PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode to configure a LAG failover group. show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. interface port-channel ces Syntax Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group containing up to 16 physical interfaces on E-Series, eight physical interfaces on C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 633
If the line card is in a Jumbo mode chassis, then the mtu and ip mtu commands can also be configured. The Link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the channel members must be greater than the Link MTU and IP MTU values configured on the Port Channel interface. Note: In a Jumbo-enabled system, all members of a Port Channel must be configured with the same link MTU values and the same IP MTU values. Related Commands channel-member Add a physical interface to the LAG.
PAGE 634
www.dell.com | support.dell.com port-channel failover-group ces Syntax Access the PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode to configure a LAG failover group. port-channel failover-group To remove all LAG failover groups, use the no port-channel failover-group command. Defaults Command Modes No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 635
show interfaces port-channel ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display information on configured Port Channel groups. show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
PAGE 636
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 22-11. Example (show interfaces port-channel brief) Field Description Port-Channel 1... Displays the LAG’s status. In the example, the status of the LAG’s LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”) is listed. Hardware is... Displays the interface’s hardware information and its assigned MAC address. Port-channel is part... Indicates whether the LAG is part of a LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”). Internet address...
PAGE 637
Table 22-12. Related Commands show interfaces port-channel brief Command Example Fields Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: • L3 - for Layer 3 • L2 - for Layer 2 Status Displays the status of the port channel. • down - if the port channel is disabled (shutdown) • up - if the port channel is enabled (no shutdown) Uptime Displays the age of the port channel in hours:minutes:seconds. Ports Lists the interfaces assigned to this port channel.
PAGE 638
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters outgoing-port-channel number Enter the keyword outgoing-port-channel followed by the number of the port channel to display flow information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1 to 128 E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
PAGE 639
The show port-channel-flow command returns the egress port identification in a given port-channel if a valid flow is entered. A mismatched flow error occurs if MAC-based hashing is configured for a Layer 2 interface and the user is trying to display a Layer 3 flow. The output will display three entries: • • • Egress port for unfragmented packets. In the event of fragmented packets, egress port of the first fragment. In the event of fragmented packets, egress port of the subsequent fragments.
PAGE 640
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) ces TDR is useful for troubleshooting an interface that is not establishing a link; either it is flapping or not coming up at all. TDR detects open or short conditions of copper cables on 100/1000 Base-T modules. • • tdr-cable-test show tdr Important Points to Remember • • • • The interface and port must be enabled (configured— the interface command) before running TDR. An error message is generated if you have not enabled the interface.
PAGE 641
Message 1 FTOS#tdr-cable-test gigabitethernet 5/2 Message 2 %Error: Interface is disabled GI 5/2 The C-Series and S-Series do not generate log messages is generated when the link flaps down/up during TDR tests. The E-series, does produce these log messages. Related Commands show tdr Display the results of the TDR test. show tdr ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Display the TDR test results.
PAGE 642
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information If the TDR test has not been run, an error messages is generated: Message 3 %Error: Please run the TDR test first Related Commands tdr-cable-test Run the TDR test. UDP Broadcast The User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcast feature is a software-based method to forward low throughput (not to exceed 200 pps) IP/UDP broadcast traffic arriving on a physical or VLAN interface.
PAGE 643
Example FTOS#debug ip udp-helper UDP helper debugging is on 01:20:22: Pkt rcvd on Gi 5/0 with IP DA (0xffffffff) will be sent on Gi 5/1 Gi 5/2 Vlan 3 01:44:54: Pkt rcvd on Gi 7/0 is handed over for DHCP processing. Related Commands Command History ip udp-broadcast-address Configure a UDP IP address for broadcast ip udp-helper udp-port Enable the UDP broadcast feature on an interface. show ip udp-helper Display the configured UDP helper(s) on all interfaces. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 644
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip udp-helper udp-port Enable the UDP broadcast feature on an interface either for all UDP ports or a specified list of UDP ports. e Syntax ip udp-helper udp-port [udp-port-list] To disable the UDP broadcast on a port, use the no ip udp-helper udp-port [udp-port-list] command. Parameters udp-port-list (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 comma separated UDP port numbers. Note: If this option is not used, all UDP Ports are considered by default.
PAGE 645
show ip udp-helper Display the configured UDP helper(s) on all interfaces. e Syntax Defaults Command Modes Example Command History Related Commands show ip udp-helper No default configuration or values EXEC FTOS#show ip udp-helper -------------------------------------------------Port UDP port list -------------------------------------------------Gi 10/0 656, 658 Gi 10/1 All Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Pre-version 8.3.7.
PAGE 646
| Interfaces www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 647
23 IPv4 Routing Overview The basic IPv4 commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 systems, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, , or Z Z-Series. Commands IPv4-related commands are described in this chapter.
PAGE 648
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 649
ces Syntax Use Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) to associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch. arp vrf {vrf name} ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands vrf name E-Series Only: Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the static route to the VRF process. ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 650
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enable ARP learning via Gratuitous ARP. arp learn-enable Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced In FTOS versions prior to 8.3.1.0, if a gratuitous ARP is received some time after an ARP request is sent, only RP2 installs the ARP information. For example: 1. At time t=0 FTOS sends an ARP request for IP A.B.C.D 2.
PAGE 651
arp timeout ces Syntax Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. arp timeout minutes To return to the default value, enter no arp timeout. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands seconds Enter the number of minutes. Range: 0 to 35790 Default: 240 minutes 240 minutes (4 hours) INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 652
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ces Syntax Parameters Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from CAM. clear arp-cache [vrf name | interface | ip ip-address] [no-refresh] vrf name E-Series Only: Clear only the ARP cache entries tied to the VRF process.
PAGE 653
ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Remove one or all dynamically learnt host table entries. clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 654
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Use this command to clear Layer 3 CAM inconsistencies. Caution: Executing this command will cause traffic disruption. Related Commands show ip fib linecard Show FIB entries. clear ip route ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands Clear one or all routes in the routing table. clear ip route {* | ip-address mask | vrf vrf instance} * Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes.
PAGE 655
Parameters Command Modes Command History all Enter the keyword all to clear all TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear only statistics from the Control Processor. rp1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to clear only the statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to clear only the statistics from Route Processor 2. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 656
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.3.1.0 Added the count option No default behavior or values Use the count option to stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on. debug ip dhcp ces Syntax Enable debug information for DHCP relay transactions and display the information on the console.
PAGE 657
00:12:42 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREPLY: Forwarded BOOTREPLY for 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 113.3.3.254 FTOS# Related Commands ip helper-address Specify the destination broadcast or host address for DHCP server request. ip helper-address hop-count disable Disable hop-count increment for DHCP relay agent. debug ip icmp ces Syntax View information on the Internal Control Message Protocol (ICMP). debug ip icmp [interface] [count value] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command.
PAGE 658
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Usage Information ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: ICMP: echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo echo request sent to dst 40.40.40.40 echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.40.40.40, echo echo request sent to dst 40.40.40.
PAGE 659
Command Mode Command History Example EXEC Privilege Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Support 4094 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale (prior limit was 2094) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added the access-group option Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.3.1.0 Added the count option IP: s=10.1.2.62 (local), d=10.1.2.
PAGE 660
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 23-1. Usage Information debug ip packet Command Example Fields Field Description ICMP type= Displays the ICMP type and code. IP Fragment States that it is a fragment and displays the unique number identifying the fragment (Ident) and the offset (in 8-byte units) of this fragment (fragment offset) from the beginning of the original datagram. Use the count option to stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on.
PAGE 661
ces Syntax Assign a primary and secondary IP address to the interface. ip address ip-address mask [secondary] To delete an IP address from an interface, use the no ip address [ip-address] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in slash prefix format (for example, /24).
PAGE 662
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip domain-list ces Syntax Configure names to complete unqualified host names. ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information name Enter a domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Disabled. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 663
ces Syntax Enable dynamic host-name to address resolution (that is, DNS). ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup. Defaults Command Mode Command History Usage Information Disabled. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series To fully enable DNS, also specify one or more domain name servers with the ip name-server command.
PAGE 664
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series You can only configure one domain name with the ip domain-name command. To configure more than one domain name, configure the ip domain-list command up to 6 times. Use the following steps to enable dynamic resolution of hosts: • • specify a domain name server with the ip name-server command. enable DNS with the ip domain-lookup command.
PAGE 665
ces Syntax Specify the address of a DHCP server so that DHCP broadcast messages can be forwarded when the DHCP server is not on the same subnet as the client. ip helper-address ip-address | default-vrf To remove a DHCP server address, enter no ip helper-address. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). default-vrf (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter default-vrf for the DHCP server VRF is using.
PAGE 666
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ces Syntax Disable the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent. ip helper-address hop-count disable To re-enable the hop-count increment, use the no ip helper-address hop-count disable command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremented by default CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 667
Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series ip max-frag-count ces Syntax Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly.
PAGE 668
Set the IP MTU (frame size) of the packet transmitted by the RPM for the line card interface. If the packet must be fragmented, FTOS sets the size of the fragmented packets to the size specified in this command. www.dell.com | support.dell.com e Syntax ip mtu value To return to the default IP MTU value, enter no ip mtu. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enter the maximum MTU size if the IP packet is fragmented.
PAGE 669
Example: The VLAN contains tagged members with Link MTU of 1522 and IP MTU of 1500 and untagged members with Link MTU of 1518 and IP MTU of 1500. The VLAN’s Link MTU cannot be higher than 1518 bytes and its IP MTU cannot be higher than 1500 bytes. Table 23-2.
PAGE 670
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information FTOS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out all other interfaces, including the Management port. You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers. Related Commands ipv6 name-server Configure an IPv6 name server. ip proxy-arp ces Syntax Enable Proxy ARP on an interface. ip proxy-arp To disable Proxy ARP, enter no ip proxy-arp. Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Enabled.
PAGE 671
Usage Information This command is available for physical interfaces and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. Note: This command is not supported on default VLAN (default vlan-id command). ip route ces Syntax Assign a static route to the switch. ip route vrf {vrf instance} destination mask {ip-address | interface [ip-address]} [distance] [permanent] [tag tag-value] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask {address | interface [ip-address]} command.
PAGE 672
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information permanent (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword permanent to specify the route is not removed, even if the interface assigned to that route goes down. The route must be up initially to install it in the routing table. If you disable the interface with an IP address associated with the keyword permanent, the route disappears from the routing table.
PAGE 673
ip source-route ces Syntax Enable FTOS to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, enter no ip route-source. Defaults Command Modes Command History Enabled. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 674
www.dell.com | support.dell.com e Syntax Enable unicast data traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series By default this command is disabled.
PAGE 675
cs By default for C-Series and S-Series, FTOS uses an IP 4-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, Source Port, and Destination Port) to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal-cost paths. To designate another method to balance traffic over Port Channel members, use the load-balance command.
PAGE 676
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information By default, FTOS distributes incoming traffic based on a hash algorithm using the following criteria: • • • • Related Commands IP source address IP destination address TCP/UDP source port TCP/UDP destination port hash-algorithm ecmp load-balance (E-Series) e Syntax By default, for E-Series chassis, FTOS uses an IP 5-tuple to distribute IP traffic over members of a Port Channel as well as equal cost paths.
PAGE 677
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information IP 5-tuple (IP SA, IP DA, IP Protocol Type, Source Port and Destination Port) CONFIGURATION Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 678
www.dell.com | support.dell.com management route ce Configure a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router. Syntax management route {ipv4-address | ipv6-address}/mask {forwarding-router-address | managementethernet} Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands show arp 678 | IPv4 Routing {ipv4-address | ipv6-address}/mask Enter an IPv4 address (A.B.C.
PAGE 679
ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Display the ARP table. show arp [vrf vrf nanometers interface | ip ip-address [mask] | macaddress mac-address [mac-address mask]] [cpu {cp | rp1 | rp2}] [static | dynamic] [summary] vrf name E-Series Only: Show only the ARP cache entries tied to the VRF process. cpu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cpu with one of the following keywords to view ARP entries on that CPU: • cp - view ARP entries on the control processer.
PAGE 680
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series Version 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display local ARP entries learned from private VLANs (PVLANs) Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series The following figure shows two VLANs that are associated with a private VLAN (Private VLAN (PVLAN)), a feature added for C-Series and S-Series in FTOS 7.8.1.0.
PAGE 681
Table 23-4. Row Heading Description Age(min) Displays the age in minutes of the ARP entry. Hardware Address Displays the MAC address associated with the ARP entry. Interface Displays the first two letters of the interfaces type and the slot/port associated with the ARP entry. VLAN Displays the VLAN ID, if any, associated with the ARP entry. CPU Lists which CPU the entries are stored on.
PAGE 682
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show hosts ces Syntax Command Modes View the host table and DNS configuration. show hosts EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 683
Table 23-6. Related Commands show hosts Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description Type Displays IP as the type of entry. Address Displays the IP address(es) assigned to the host. traceroute View DNS resolution ip host Configure a host. show ip cam linecard View CAM entries for a port pipe on a line card.
PAGE 684
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example (show ip cam summary) 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 11144 11145 11146 11147 11148 65535 FTOS# 6.6.6.2 5.5.5.2 4.4.4.2 3.3.3.2 2.2.2.2 6.6.6.0 5.5.5.0 4.4.4.0 3.3.3.0 2.2.2.0 0.0.0.0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Table 23-7. show ip cam Command Example Fields | IPv4 Routing 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.
PAGE 685
22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 FTOS# 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Table 23-8. 2622 2622 2622 2622 1312 1312 3932 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 8 show ip cam summary Command Example Fields Field Description Prefix Length Displays the prefix-length or mask for the IP address configured on the linecard 0 port pipe 0.
PAGE 686
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes member-info Enter the keyword member-info to display the group index used by the ecmp, the number of egress ports (members) for the ecmp, and the port details of each member. The detail information under member-info will give the MAC address, VLAN ID and gateway of every member port of the ecmp. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing route prefixes and the total number routes which can be entered in to CAM.
PAGE 687
2.1.1.2 1.1.1.1 2.1.1.1 1.1.1.0 2.1.1.0 100.1.1.0 100.1.1.0 0.0.0.
PAGE 688
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Destination Gateway First-Hop Mac-Addr VId Index EC -------------------- -------------------------- ----------------------------------- -------------3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.10, So 2/8 100.10.10.10 00:01:e8:00:03:ff So 2/8 0 60260 0 3.0.0.0/8 via 101.10.10.10, So 2/9 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/8 0.0.0.0 00:01:e8:00:03:ff So 2/8 0 11144 0 100.10.10.1/32 via 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.1 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 0 3276 0 100.10.10.10/32 via 100.10.10.10, So 2/8 100.10.10.
PAGE 689
Command Mode EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.7.1.0 Modified: Added support for up to seven stack members. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Example FTOS#show ip fib stack-unit 0 Destination Gateway First-Hop Mac-Addr Port VId EC ------------------ --------------------------- ----------------------------------- -------- ----- -10.10.10.10/32 Direct, Nu 0 0.0.0.0 00:00:00:00:00:00 BLK HOLE 0 0 FTOS> Table 23-11.
PAGE 690
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History 690 | IPv4 Routing Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. show ip flow interface [vrf vrf instance] interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp] | icmp} {src-port number destination-port number} vrf instance E-Series Only: Show only the L3 flow as they apply to that VRF process.
PAGE 691
Usage Information This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This is useful in identifying which interface the packet will follow in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only. For switched packets use the show port-channel-flow command. show ip flow does not compute the egress port information when load-balance mac hashing is also configured due to insufficient information (the egress MAC is not available).
PAGE 692
www.dell.com | support.dell.com brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a brief summary of the interfaces and whether an IP address is assigned. linecard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword linecard followed by the number of the line card slot. C-Series Range: 0-7 E-Series Range: 0 to 13 on a E1200/1200i, 0 to 6 on a E600/E600i, and 0 to 5 on a E300 slot-number Note: This keyword is not available on the S-Series.
PAGE 693
Table 23-12. show ip interface Command Example Items (continued) Lines Description Poison Reverse... States whether poison for RIP is enabled on the interface ICMP redirects... States if ICMP redirects are sent. ICMP unreachables... States if ICMP unreachable messages are sent.
PAGE 694
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Example FTOS#show ip management-route Destination ----------10.1.2.0/24 172.16.1.0/24 Gateway ------ManagementEthernet 0/0 10.1.2.
PAGE 695
ces Syntax Command Modes View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch. show ip protocols EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 696
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes list prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword list and the name of a configured prefix list. Refer to show ip route list. protocol (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a routing protocol (bgp, isis, ospf, rip) or the keywords connected or static. bgp, isis, ospf, rip are E-Series-only options. If you enter bgp, you can include the BGP as-number. (E-Series only) If you enter isis, you can include the ISIS routing-tag.
PAGE 697
FTOS# Example (show ip route summary & show ip static route) FTOS#show ip route summary Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 2 0 static 1 0 Total 3 0 Total 3 active route(s) using 612 bytes R1_E600i>show ip route static ? | Pipe through a command R1_E600i>show ip route static Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change --------------------------- ----------*S 0.0.0.0/0 via 10.10.91.9, Gi 1/2 1/0 3d2h FTOS> Table 23-14.
PAGE 698
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display IP routes in an IP prefix list. show ip route list prefix-list prefix-list Enter the name of a configured prefix list. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 699
ces Syntax Command Modes View a table summarizing the IP routes in the switch. show ip route summary EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 700
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ces Syntax View IP, ICMP, UDP, TCP and ARP traffic statistics. show ip traffic [all | cp | rp1 | rp2] Note: These options are supported only on the E-Series. Parameters Command Modes Command History Example all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view statistics from all processors. If you do not enter a keyword, you also view all statistics from all processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to view only statistics from the Control Processor.
PAGE 701
Routing Processor1 IP Traffic: Table 23-16. Keyword show ip traffic output definitions Definition unknown protocol... No receiver for these packets. Counts those packets whose protocol type field is not recognized by FTOS. not a gateway... Packets can not be routed; host/network is unreachable. security failures...
PAGE 702
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information The F10 Monitoring MIB provides access to the statistics described below. Table 23-17. F10 Monitoring MIB Command Display Object OIDs IP statistics: Bcast: Received Sent f10BcastPktRecv f10BcastPktSent 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.1 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.2 f10McastPktRecv f10McastPktSent 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.3 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.1.4 f10ArpReqRecv f10ArpReplyRecv 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.1 1.3.6.1.4.1.6027.3.3.5.2.
PAGE 703
Example Usage Information FTOS#show protocol-termination-table Index Protocol Src-Port Dst-Port ----- -------- -------- -------0 ICMP any any 1 UDP any 1812 2 UDP any 68 3 UDP any 67 4 TCP any 22 5 TCP 22 any 6 TCP 639 any 7 TCP any 639 8 TCP 646 any 9 TCP any 646 10 UDP 646 any 11 UDP any 646 12 TCP 23 any 13 TCP any 23 14 UDP any 123 15 TCP any 21 16 TCP any 20 17 UDP any 21 18 UDP any 20 19 TCP 21 any 20 TCP 20 any 21 UDP 21 any 22 UDP 20 any 23 UDP any 69 24 UDP 69 any 25 TCP any 161 26 TCP 161 any 27
PAGE 704
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History View information on TCP traffic through the switch. show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp1 | rp2} all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information. cp Enter the keyword cp to view only TCP information from the Control Processor. rp1 Enter the keyword rp1 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 Enter the keyword rp2 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 2. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.
PAGE 705
Table 23-18. show tcp statistics cp Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description 17 dup... Displays the number of duplicate packets and bytes received. 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size.
PAGE 706
| IPv4 Routing www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 707
24 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) Overview IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or . • • IPv6 ACL Commands IPv6 Route Map Commands Note: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs). Important Points to Remember • • • • • • • • • • E-Series platforms require IPv6-ExtACL CAM profile to support IPv6 ACLs.
PAGE 708
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 709
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows. L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 6 L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. You must enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name followed by the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13.
PAGE 710
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows. L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 1 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. You must enter all of the profiles and a range for each. Enter the CAM profile name followed by the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2.
PAGE 711
Parameters Command Modes access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Added monitor option deny ces Syntax Configure a filter that drops IPv6 packets that match the filter criteria.
PAGE 712
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ces Syntax deny icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no deny icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command.
PAGE 713
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series TeraScale Added monitor option The C-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. The following table lists the keywords displayed in the CLI help and their corresponding ICMP Message Type Name. Table 24-1.
PAGE 714
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • 714 • Parameters | Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no deny tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 715
log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface specified in the flow-based monitoring session along with the filter operation. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 716
www.dell.com | support.dell.com deny udp ces Syntax deny udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 716 Configure a filter to drop UDP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 717
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Added monitor option The C-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
PAGE 718
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information access-list-name Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in | out Enter either the keyword in or out to apply the IPv6 ACL to incoming traffic (ingress) or outgoing traffic (egress).
PAGE 719
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced support on the S4810 Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
PAGE 720
www.dell.com | support.dell.com tcp Enter the keyword tcp to filter the Transmission Control protocol. udp Enter the keyword udp to filter the User Datagram Protocol. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced support on the S4810 permit icmp ces Syntax Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages.
PAGE 721
log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in an ACL log file. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface specified in the flow-based monitoring session along with the filter operation. Defaults Not configured Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced support on the S4810 Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.
PAGE 722
www.dell.com | support.dell.com (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two port for the port parameter.) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. Range: 0 to 65535.
PAGE 723
Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (gt, lt, range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bitmask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range.
PAGE 724
www.dell.com | support.dell.com any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ipv6-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 725
Rule# 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Data Mask From To #Covered 0000111110100000 0000111111000000 0001000000000000 0001100000000000 0001110000000000 0001111000000000 0001111100000000 0001111101000000 1111111111100000 1111111111000000 1111100000000000 1111110000000000 1111111000000000 1111111100000000 1111111111000000 1111111111111111 4000 4032 4096 6144 7168 7680 7936 8000 4031 4095 6143 7167 7679 7935 7999 8000 32 64 2048 1024 512 256 64 1 Total Ports: 4001 But an ACL rule with TCP port lt 1023 takes only one
PAGE 726
www.dell.com | support.dell.com remark 10 Remark for Entry # 10 seq 10 permit icmp host 3333:: any mobile-advertisement log seq 15 deny tcp any any rst seq 20 permit udp any any gt 100 count !FTOS(config-ipv6-acl)# Usage Information Related Commands As shown in the example above, the same sequence number is used for the remark and an ACL rule.
PAGE 727
resequence prefix-list ipv6 ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. resequence prefix-list ipv6 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-increment} prefix-list-name Enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
PAGE 728
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 728 | ipv6-protocol-number Enter an IPv6 protocol number. Range: 0 to 255 icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an Internet Control Message Protocol version 6 filter. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to configure any Internet Protocol version 6 filter. tcp Enter the keyword tcp to configure a Transmission Control protocol filter. udp Enter the keyword udp to configure a User Datagram Protocol filter.
PAGE 729
log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. Supported on Jumbo-enabled line cards only. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor to monitor traffic on the monitoring interface specified in the flow-based monitoring session along with the filter operation. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Related Commands Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale and S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.
PAGE 730
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Ipv4Acl Ipv6Acl Ipv4Qos L2Qos : : : : 6 0 1 1 FTOS#show cam-acl Example (manually set profiles) FTOS#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 3 -- Line card 4 -Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 3 FTOS#show cam-acl show cam-acl-egress ces Syntax Command Modes Show information on FP groups allocated for egress ACLs.
PAGE 731
FTOS#show cam-acl show config ces Syntax Command Modes Command History View the current IPv6 ACL configuration. show config ACCESS-LIST Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 732
www.dell.com | support.dell.com EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 733
description IPV6 Access-list seq 5 permit ipv6 1111::2222/127 host 3333::1111 log count bytes remark 10 Remark for Entry # 10 seq 10 permit icmp host 3333:: any mobile-advertisement log seq 15 deny tcp any any rst seq 20 permit udp any any gt 100 count !FTOS# test cam-usage ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Verify that enough ACL CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created.
PAGE 734
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 735
ces Syntax Configure a filter to match routes based on IPv6 addresses specified in an access list. match ipv6 address prefix-list-name To delete a match, use the no match ipv6 address prefix-list-name command. Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of IPv6 prefix list, up to 140 characters. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 736
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands match ipv6 address Redistribute routes that match an IP address. match ipv6 route-source Redistribute routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match ipv6 route-source ces Syntax Configure a filter which matches based on the routes advertised in the IPv6 prefix lists. match ipv6 route-source prefix-list prefix-list-name To delete a match, use the no match ipv6 route-source prefix-list prefix-list-name command.
PAGE 737
Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on the C-Series Increased name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series TeraScale FTOS(conf)#route-map Rmap1 FTOS(config-route-map)#match ? … ip IP specific information ipv6 IPv6 specific information … Related Commands show config View the current configuration. set ipv6 next-hop ces Syntax Configure a filter that specifies IPv6 address as the next hop.
PAGE 738
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on the C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support on the E-Series TeraScale Example FTOS(config-route-map)#show config ! route-map Rmap1 permit 10 match ip address v4plist match ipv6 address plist1 match ipv6 next-hop prefix-list plist2 match ipv6 route-source prefix-list plist3 set next-hop 1.1.1.
PAGE 739
25 IPv6 Basics Overview IPv6 Basic Commands are supported on Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or . Note: Basic IPv6 basic commands are supported on all platforms. Table 25-2 in IPv6 Basics of the FTOS Configuration Guide for information on the FTOS version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature.
PAGE 740
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • show ipv6 interface show ipv6 mld_host show ipv6 route trust ipv6-diffserv clear ipv6 fib ces Syntax Parameters Command Mode Command History Clear (refresh) all FIB entries on a linecard or stack unit. clear ipv6 fib linecard slot | stack-unit unit-number slot Enter the slot number to clear the FIB for a linecard. unit-number Enter the stack member number. Range: 0 to 7 for Z9000, 0-11 for S4810. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 741
clear ipv6 mld_host Clear the IPv6 MLD host counters and reset the elapsed time. Syntax Command Modes clear ipv6 mld_host EXEC Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 address autoconfig Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. Syntax ipv6 address autoconfig Use the no ipv6 address autoconfig command to disable the address autoconfig operation on the management interface.
PAGE 742
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes ipv6-address prefix-length No default values or behavior INTERFACE Command History Example Usage Information Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 Note: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8.4.1.0 Support added on the management Ethernet port. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 743
Command Modes Default Command History CONFIGURATION 100 pps Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. Syntax ipv6 flowlabel-zero Use the no ipv6 flowlabel-zero command to disable the 0 from being set in the field and allow the field to be filled by protocol operations. Default Command Modes Default Command History Usage Information Disabled CONFIGURATION 100 pps Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 744
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale ipv6 name-server ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enter up to 6 IPv6 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. ipv6 name-server ipv6-address [ipv6-address2...
PAGE 745
ipv6 nd prefix ces Syntax Parameters Command Mode Command History Usage Information Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements. ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix | prefix-length | default} [no-advertise] | [no-autoconfig] [no-rtr-address] [off-link] [lifetime {valid | infinite} {preferred | infinite}] ipv6-prefix Enter an IPv6 prefix. prefix-length Enter the prefix followed by the prefix length.
PAGE 746
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To remove the IPv6 route, use the no ipv6 route ipv6-address prefix-length {ipv6-address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent] command. Parameters ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 747
gigabitethernet loopback null port-channel sonet tenGigabitethernet vlan Gigabit Ethernet interface Loopback interface Null interface Port channel interface Sonet interface TenGigabit Ethernet interface VLAN interface FTOS(conf)#ipv6 route 55::0 /64 gigabitethernet 9/0 ? <1-255> Distance metric for this route X:X:X:X::X Forwarding router's address permanent Permanent route tag Set tag for this route FTOS(conf)#ipv6 route 55::0 /64 gigabitethernet 9/0 66::1 ? <1-255> Distance metric for this route permanen
PAGE 748
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Since this command is enabled by default, it does not appear in the running configuration. When unicast routing is disabled, the no ipv6 unicast-routing command is included in the running configuration. Whenever unicast routing is disabled or re-enabled, FTOS generates a syslog message indicating the action.
PAGE 749
The egress port section displays the egress port of the forwarding entry which is designated as: C for the Control Processor 1 for the Route Processor 1 2 for the Route Processor 2 If a link-local IPv6 address is statically configured and dynamically learned on a C-Series router, the dynamically-learned IPv6 address is displayed in show ipv6 cam linecard output, but the statically-configured IPv6 address may not be displayed.
PAGE 750
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 751
show ipv6 cam stack-unit Displays the IPv6 CAM entries for the specified stack-unit. s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes show ipv6 cam stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} [summary | index | ipv6 address] unit-number Enter the stack unit’s ID number. Range: 0 to 11 port-set Set the number of the port to either 0 or 1. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display a table listing network prefixes and the total number prefixes which can be entered into the IPv6 CAM.
PAGE 752
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Mode Command History Related Commands EXEC Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. show ipv6 fib linecard View all Forwarding Information Base entries. ce Syntax Parameters Command Mode show ipv6 fib linecard slot-number {summary | ipv6-address} slot-number Enter the number of the line card slot.
PAGE 753
Command Mode EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on S-Series Host tables are not stored in CAM tables on S-Series platforms. Entries for camIndex will display as zero (0) on the show ipv6 fib stack-unit output for neighbor entries, such as ARP entries. show ipv6 flowlabel-zero Display the flow label zero setting.
PAGE 754
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword Loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383. • For the Null interface, enter the keyword null followed by zero (0).
PAGE 755
Usage Information Example (show ipv6 interface) The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). If necessary, use the ipv6 address command to assign an IPv6 address to the Management port.
PAGE 756
www.dell.com | support.dell.com fe80::201:e8ff:fe3a:19b7 7::1/64 show ipv6 mld_host Display the IPv6 MLD host counters. Syntax Command Modes Example Command History Usage Information show ipv6 mld_host EXEC MLD Host Traffic Counters Elapsed time since counters cleared: 0028:33:52 Received Sent Valid MLD Packets 97962 18036 Reports 79962 18034 Leaves ---0 MLDv2 Queries 18000 ---MLDv1 Queries 0 ---Errors: Malformed Packets: 4510 Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 757
Defaults Command Modes all (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 routes bgp (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 BGP routes connected (OPTIONAL) View only the directly connected IPv6 routes.
PAGE 758
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 759
Example (show ipv6 route summary) FTOS#show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes connected 5 static 0 Total 5 Total 5 active route(s) using 952 bytes Table 25-1.
PAGE 760
www.dell.com | support.dell.com trust ipv6-diffserv ces Syntax Allows the dynamic classification of IPv6 DSCP. trust ipv6-diffserv To remove the definition, use the no trust ipv6-diffserv command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information This command has no default behavior or values. CONFIGURATION-POLICY-MAP-IN Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 761
26 IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) Overview IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series or . This chapter includes the following commands: • • IPv6 BGP Commands IPv6 MBGP Commands IPv6 BGP Commands Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between Autonomous Systems (AS).
PAGE 762
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 763
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • neighbor next-hop-self neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) neighbor peer-group (creating group) neighbor peer-group passive neighbor remote-as neighbor remove-private-as neighbor route-map neighbor route-reflector-client neighbor send-community neighbor shutdown neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound neighbor subnet neighbor timers neighbor update-source neighbor weight network network backdoor redistribute redistribute isis r
PAGE 764
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • show ip bgp paths extcommunity show ip bgp regexp timers bgp address-family c et Syntax Enable the IPv4 multicast or the IPv6 address family. address-family [ipv4 multicast| ipv6unicast] Parameters ipv4 multicast Enter BGPv4 multicast mode. ipv6 unicast Enter BGPv6 mode. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Usage Information . Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series andS4810. Version 6.5.1.
PAGE 765
summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes will not be advertised. suppress-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map followed by the name of a configured route map to identify which more-specific routes in the aggregate are suppressed. map-name Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Not configured. CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 766
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. If you enable this command, use the capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations.
PAGE 767
Usage Information The software compares the MEDs only if the path contains no external autonomous system numbers. If you enable this command, use the capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size * command to recompute the best path. bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over those paths with an advertised MED attribute.
PAGE 768
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands bgp cluster-id Assign ID to a BGP cluster with two or more route reflectors. neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a route reflector and clients. bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. ce Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID.
PAGE 769
Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. Range: 1 to 65535 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Usage Information The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems.
PAGE 770
www.dell.com | support.dell.com After specifying autonomous systems numbers for the BGP confederation, recycle the peers to update their configuration. Related Commands Configure a confederation ID. bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. ce Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 771
Usage Information If you enter bgp dampening, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and max-suppress-time are applied. The parameters are position-dependent, therefore, if you configure one parameter, you must configure the parameters in the order they appear in the command. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths View the BGP paths bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers.
PAGE 772
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information This is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is incremented. Use the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check counter. If enforce-first-as is disabled, it can be viewed via the show ip protocols command.
PAGE 773
Usage Information Routers supporting 4-Byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message. The behavior of a 4-Byte router will be slightly different depending on whether it is speaking to a 2-Byte router or a 4-Byte router. When creating Confederations, all the routers in the Confederation must be 4 or 2 byte identified routers. You cannot mix them. Where the 2-Byte format is 1-65535, the 4-Byte format is 1-4294967295. Both formats are accepted, and the advertisements will reflect the entered format.
PAGE 774
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In receiver only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. bgp log-neighbor-changes Enable logging of BGP neighbor resets. ce Syntax bgp log-neighbor-changes To disable logging, enter no bgp log-neighbor-changes.
PAGE 775
Usage Information In non-deterministic mode, paths are compared in the order in which they arrive. This method can lead to FTOS choosing different best paths from a set of paths, depending on the order in which they are received from the neighbors since MED may or may not get compared between adjacent paths. In deterministic mode (no bgp non-deterministic-med), FTOS compares MED between adjacent paths within an AS group since all paths in the AS group are from the same AS.
PAGE 776
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Usage Information ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is quite common. In a large scale configuration, filtering millions of routes based on regular expressions can be quite CPU intensive, as a regular expression evaluation involves generation and evaluation of complex finite state machines.
PAGE 777
bgp soft-reconfig-backup c et Syntax Use this command only when route-refresh is not negotiated between peers to avoid having a peer re-send BGP updates. bgp soft-reconfig-backup To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command.
PAGE 778
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Enable route reflection between route reflector and clients. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Configure a route reflector and clients. capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
PAGE 779
soft (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword soft to configure and activate policies without resetting the BGP TCP session, that is, BGP Soft Reconfiguration. Note: If you enter clear ip bgp ip6-address soft, both inbound and outbound policies are reset. Command Modes Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 780
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to activate only inbound policies. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to activate only outbound policies. EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale clear ip bgp ipv6-address Reset BGP sessions specific to an IPv6 address on the E-Series.
PAGE 781
Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name peer-group-name Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 782
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [ipv6-address | filter-list as-path-name | regexp regular-expression] Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 783
Parameters Command Modes Command History * Clear and reapply policies for all BGP sessions. as-number Clear and reapply policies for all neighbors belonging to the AS. Range: 0-65535 (2-Byte) or 1-4294967295 (4-Byte) or 0.1-65535.65535 (Dotted format) ipv4-neighbor-addr | ipv6-neighbor-addr Clear and reapply policies for a neighbor. peer-group name Clear and reapply policies for all BGP routers in the specified peer group. ipv6 unicast Clear and reapply policies for all IPv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 784
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale To view information on both incoming and outgoing routes, do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command.
PAGE 785
debug ip bgp ipv6 dampening View information on IPv6 routes being dampened. ce Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening [in | out] To disable debugging, enter no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampening. Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only inbound dampened routes. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound dampened routes. EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.
PAGE 786
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv6 unicast routes Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S4810 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale debug ip bgp keepalives Allows you to view information about BGP keepalive messages.
PAGE 787
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors.
PAGE 788
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Enter the no debug ip bgp command to remove all configured debug commands for BGP. default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command.
PAGE 789
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Related Commands router bgp Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance bgp Configure three administrative distances for routes. ce Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, enter no distance bgp.
PAGE 790
www.dell.com | support.dell.com maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. ce Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, enter no maximum-paths. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes.
PAGE 791
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale By default, when a neighbor/peer group configuration is created in the Router BGP context, it is enabled for the IPv6/Unicast AFI/SAFI. By using activate in the new context, the neighbor/ peer group is enabled for AFI/SAFI. neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group.
PAGE 792
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters ip-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. Range: 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 793
neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group). ce Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} description text To delete a description, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} description text command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 794
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Other BGP filtering commands include: neighbor filter-list and neighbor route-map. neighbor filter-list Assign a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor route-map Assign a route map to a neighbor or peer group.
PAGE 795
To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} fall-over command. Parameters Defaults ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 796
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received. ce Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum [threshold] [warning-only] command.
PAGE 797
Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Displays the current BGP configuration. neighbor X:X:X::X password c et Syntax Enable TCP MD5 Authentication for an IPv6 BGP peer session. neighbor x:x:x::x password {7 |
PAGE 798
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale If the set ipv6 next-hop command in the ROUTE-MAP mode is configured, its configuration takes precedence over the neighbor next-hop-self command. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Allows you to assign one peer to a existing peer group.
PAGE 799
A peer group must exist before you add a peer to it. If the peer group is disabled (shutdown) the peers within the group are also disabled (shutdown). Related Commands capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size Resets BGP sessions. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Create a peer group. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group View BGP peers. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors View BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name.
PAGE 800
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Usage Information Related Commands After you configure a peer group as passive, you must assign it a subnet using the neighbor subnet command.
PAGE 801
Related Commands router bgp Enter the ROUTER BGP mode and configure routes in an AS. neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. ce Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format.
PAGE 802
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. map-name Enter the name of an established route map. If the Route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). in Enter the keyword in to filter inbound routes.
PAGE 803
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale The first time you enter this command it configures the neighbor as a route reflector and members of the route-reflector cluster. Internal BGP (IBGP) speakers do not need to be fully meshed if you configure a route reflector. When all clients of a route reflector are disabled, the neighbor is no longer a route reflector.
PAGE 804
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Usage Information Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group.
PAGE 805
Command History Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv4 multicast and IPv4 unicast address families Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support on S4810 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced support on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced neighbor subnet Enable passive peering so that the members of the peer group are dynamic ce Syntax neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask To remove passive peering, use the no neighbor peer-group-name subnet subnet-number mask command.
PAGE 806
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 60 seconds holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. Range: 3 to 65535 Default: 180 seconds keepalive = 60 seconds; holdtime = 180 seconds. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 807
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Usage Information Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session. The neighbor update-source command is not necessary for directly connected internal BGP sessions.
PAGE 808
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax network ipv6-address prefix-length [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 809
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Not configured. ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 810
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information If you do not configure default-metric command, in addition to the redistribute command, or there is no route map to set the metric, the metric for redistributed static and connected is “0”. To redistribute the default route (0::0/0) configure the neighbor default-originate command. Related Commands neighbor default-originate Inject the default route. redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routes into BGP.
PAGE 811
To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. Range: 1 to 65535 match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPFv3 internal routes only.
PAGE 812
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address on the E-Series. ce Syntax show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv6-address Parameters Command Modes ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of a BGP neighbor. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 813
! FTOS# show ip bgp ipv6 unicast View the current BGP routing table for the E-Series. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast [network [network-mask] [longer-prefixes]] network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address.
PAGE 814
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community [community-number] [local-as] [no-export] [no-advertise] community-number Enter the community number in AA:NN format where AA is the AS number (2 bytes) and NN is a value specific to that autonomous system.
PAGE 815
EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). ce Syntax Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 816
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. The show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast command output.
PAGE 817
Parameters Command Modes ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. filter-list as-path-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL. regexp regular-expression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • .
PAGE 818
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Displays information on IPv6 unicast routes exchanged by BGP neighbors. ce Syntax Parameters show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors [ipv4-neighbor-addr | ipv6-neighbor-addr] [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | detail | flap-statistics | routes | received-routes [network [network-mask]] | denied-routes [network [network-mask]]] ipv6 unicast Enter the ipv6 unicast keywords to view information only related to IPv6 unicast routes.
PAGE 819
BGP state ESTABLISHED, in this state for 00:00:32 Last read 00:00:32, last write 00:00:32 Hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Received 1404 messages, 0 in queue 3 opens, 1 notifications, 1394 updates 6 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Sent 48 messages, 0 in queue 3 opens, 2 notifications, 0 updates 43 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv6
PAGE 820
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Prefix advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 Connections established 3; dropped 2 Last reset 00:00:41, due to Closed by neighbor 820 Notification History 'OPEN error/Bad AS' Sent : 0 Recv: 1 Local host: 5ffe:11::4, Local port: 179 Table 26-1. | Command Example fields: show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Lines beginning with Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number.
PAGE 821
Table 26-1. Related Commands Command Example fields: show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Lines beginning with Description Prefixes advertised Displays the number of network prefixes advertised, the number rejected and the number withdrawn from the BGP routing table. Connections established Displays the number of TCP connections established and dropped between the two peers to exchange BGP information. Last reset Displays the amount of time since the peering session was last reset.
PAGE 822
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 823
show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (via learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip bgp next-hop [local-routes] local-routes (OPTIONAL) Show next-hop information for local routes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 824
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database ce Syntax Command Modes show ip bgp paths as-path EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 825
Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale show ip bgp regexp Allows you to view the subset of BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip bgp regexp regular-expression [character] regular-expression [character] Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • .
PAGE 826
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Enter the time interval in seconds between which the E-Series sends keepalive messages. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 60 seconds holdtimer Enter the time interval in seconds which the E-Series waits since the last keepalive message before declaring a BGP peer dead. Range: 3 to 65535 Default: 180 seconds keepalive = 60 seconds; holdtimer = 180 seconds Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 827
IPv6 MBGP Commands Multiprotocol BGP (MBGP) is an enhanced BGP that enables multicast routing policy throughout the Internet and connecting multicast topologies between BGP and autonomous systems (AS). FTOS MBGP is implemented as per IETF RFC 1858.
PAGE 828
www.dell.com | support.dell.com address family This command changes the context to SAFI (Subsequent Address Family Identifier). ce Syntax address family ipv6 unicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv6 unicast command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to specify the address family as IPv6. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to specify multicast as SAFI. IPv6 Unicast ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 829
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes will not be advertised. suppress-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map followed by the name of a configured route map to identify which more-specific routes in the aggregate are suppressed. Not configured. ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 830
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled. ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast Reset MBGP sessions. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast * ipv6-address prefix-length [dampening | flap-statistics] peer-group] * Enter the character * to clear all peers.
PAGE 831
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. ce Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [network | filter-list list |regexp regexp network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format to clear flap statistics. filter-list list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH list (max 16 characters).
PAGE 832
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] To disable debugging, enter no debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group peer-group-name updates [in | out] command. Parameters Command Modes Command History peer-group peer-group-name Enter the keyword peer-group followed by the name of the peer-group. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information.
PAGE 833
distance bgp Define an administrative distance for routes. ce Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, enter no distance bgp. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. Range: 1 to 255. Default: 20 internal-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. Range: 1 to 255.
PAGE 834
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the neighbor/peer group in the new AFI/SAFI. Disabled ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History Usage Information ipv6-address Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 835
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. ce Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map map-name] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 836
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Other BGP filtering commands include: neighbor filter-list and neighbor route-map. neighbor filter-list Assign a AS-PATH list to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor route-map Assign a route map to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute.
PAGE 837
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. Range: 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value.
PAGE 838
www.dell.com | support.dell.com neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. ce Syntax neighbor ipv6-address | peer-group-name remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor ipv6-address | peer-group-name remove-private-as command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 839
Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
PAGE 840
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. route-map (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ipv6 address • match ipv6 next-hop • match ipv6 route-source • set ipv6 next-hop If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes).
PAGE 841
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale If you do not configure default-metric command, in addition to the redistribute command, or there is no route map to set the metric, the metric for redistributed static and connected is “0”. To redistribute the default route (0::0/0) configure the neighbor default-originate command.
PAGE 842
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Paths: (2 available, table Default-MBGP-Routing-Table.) Not advertised to any peer Received from : 5ffe:10::3 (5.5.5.3) AS_PATH : 1 Best Next-Hop : 5ffe:10::3, Cost : 0 Origin IGP, Metric 0, LocalPref 100, Weight 0, external 100, Weight 0, external 5ffe:11::3 (5.5.5.3) AS_PATH : 1 Next-Hop : 5ffe:11::3, Cost : 0 Origin IGP, Metric 0, LocalPref Inactive reason: Peer IP address FTOS# . Table 26-2.
PAGE 843
Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community View information on all routes with Community attributes or view specific BGP community groups.
PAGE 844
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). ce Syntax Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 845
NdModOptP 0x41a4d000 : NdModNHP : NdComSortBufP 0x41a19110 : NdComSortHdP 0x41a19d04 : NdUpdAFMsk 0 : AFRstSe t 0x41a1a298 : NHopDfrdHdP 0x41a1a3e0 : NumNhDfrd 0 : CfgHdrAFMsk 1 AFChkNetTmrP 0x41ee705c : AFRtDamp 0 : AlwysCmpMed 0 : LocrHld 10 : LocrRem 10 : softReconfig 0x41a1a58c DefMet 0 : AutoSumm 1 : NhopsP 0x41a0d100 : Starts 0 : Stops 0 : Opens 0 Closes 0 : Fails 0 : Fatals 0 : ConnExps 0 : HldExps 0 : KeepExps 0 RxOpens 0 : RxKeeps 0 : RxUpds 0 : RxNotifs 0 : TxUpds 0 : TxNotifs 0 BadEvts 0 : SynFai
PAGE 846
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. ce Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list as-path-name as-path-name Enter the name of an AS-PATH. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes.
PAGE 847
Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale Example FTOS#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics BGP table version is 8, local router ID is 5.5.10.
PAGE 848
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes detail (OPTIONAL) Display detailed neighbor information. routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.5.1.0 Modified: Added detail option; added information to output. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 849
Sent 0 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Received 8 updates, Sent 0 updates Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv6 Unicast BGP table version 1
PAGE 850
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 26-3. Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors Command Fields (continued) Lines beginning with Description Received updates This line displays the number of BGP updates received and sent. Minimum time Displays the minimum time, in seconds, between advertisements. (list of inbound and outbound policies) Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map, AS-PATH ACL or Prefix list configured for the policy.
PAGE 851
Command History Related Commands Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) Assign peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Create a peer group. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. ce Syntax Command Modes show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on C-Series and S4810 Version 7.
PAGE 852
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 26-4. 852 | show ip bgp summary Command Fields Field Description Dampening enabled Displayed only when dampening is enabled. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor. MsgRcvd Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor received. MsgSent Displays the number of BGP messages that neighbor sent.
PAGE 853
27 iSCSI Optimization Overview Internet Small Computer System Interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on an .
PAGE 854
www.dell.com | support.dell.com iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. iscsi aging time time Syntax To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. Range: 5 to 43,200 minutes. 10 minutes. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 855
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4. Dell Force10 recommends changing the dot1p priority-queue setting to 0 (zero). iscsi enable Globally enable iSCSI optimization. Syntax iscsi enable To disable iSCSI optimization, use the no iscsi enable command.
PAGE 856
www.dell.com | support.dell.com iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Compellent arrays on a port. iscsi profile-compellent Syntax Defaults Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module iscsi target port Configure the iSCSI target ports and optionally, the IP addresses on which iSCSI communication will be monitored.
PAGE 857
show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings. Syntax Command Mode show iscsi EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Related Commands Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Support added for cam modification. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 858
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example FTOS# show isci session Session 0: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic:0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94-iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000 Session 1: ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic:0-8a0906-0f60c2002-0360018428d48c94-iom011 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.
PAGE 859
IP Address 10.10.0.53 Related Commands TCP Port 33432 IP Address 10.10.0.101 TCPPort 3260 ID 0 show iscsi Display the currently configured iSCSI settings. show iscsi session Display information on active iSCSI sessions on the switch. show run iscsi show run iscsi show run iscsi Display all globally-configured non-default iSCSI settings in the current FTOS session. Syntax Command Mode Command History Example Related Commands show run iscsi EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 860
| iSCSI Optimization www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 861
28 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) Overview Intermediate System to Intermediate System Protocol (IS-IS) for IPv4 and IPv6 is supported on supported on platforms e and . IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 862
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 863
• • • • • • • • • show config show isis database show isis graceful-restart detail show isis hostname show isis interface show isis neighbors show isis protocol show isis traffic spf-interval adjacency-check Verify that the “protocols supported” field of the IS-IS neighbor contains matching values to this router. e Syntax adjacency-check To disable adjacency check, use the no adjacency-check command.
PAGE 864
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes level1-into-level2 (Level 1 to Level 2 leaking enabled.) ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced IPv6 ISIS support Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from one level to another, however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another via an IP Prefix list.
PAGE 865
clear config Clear IS-IS configurations that display under the router isis heading of the show running-config command output. e Syntax Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands clear config ROUTER ISIS Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased. copy Use this command to save the current configuration to another location. clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared.
PAGE 866
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Usage Information hostname dynamic Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostnames in LSPs. Use this command to configure a shortcut name that can used instead of entering a long string of numbers associated with an NSAP address. debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations. e Syntax debug isis To disable debugging of IS-IS, enter no debug isis.
PAGE 867
Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 debug isis local-updates Enables debugging on a specific interface and provides diagnostic information to debug IS-IS local update packets. e Syntax debug isis local-updates [interface] To turn off debugging, enter the no debug isis local-updates [interface] command.
PAGE 868
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
PAGE 869
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • • • • • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 870
www.dell.com | support.dell.com How a metric value assigned to a default route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style is set for narrow mode and the metric value in the default-information originate command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs will be 63. If the metric-style is set for wide mode, their the metric value in the default-information originate command is advertised.
PAGE 871
Defaults Command Modes ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format and enter a mask in either dotted decimal or /prefix format. prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a prefix list name. weight = 115 ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced The administrative distance indicates the trust value of incoming packets.
PAGE 872
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands distribute-list out Suppress networks from being advertised in updates. redistribute Redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates.
PAGE 873
To return to the default, use the no distribute-list redistributed-override in command. Defaults Command Modes No default behavior or values ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced IPv6 ISIS support Version 6.3.1.
PAGE 874
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax graceful-restart ietf To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart ietf command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ietf Enter ietf to enable Graceful Restart on the IS-IS router. Default is Graceful Restart disabled. ROUTER ISIS Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series A Restart TLV included in every Graceful Restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs.
PAGE 875
To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t1command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History interval Enter the keyword interval to set the wait time. Range: 5-120 seconds Default: 5 seconds retry-times Enter the keyword retry-times to set the number of times the request interval is extended until a CSNP is received from the helping router. Range: 1-10 attempts Default: 1 above ROUTER ISIS Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 876
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters adjacency Enter the keyword adjacency so that the restarting router receives the remaining time value from its peer and adjusts its T3 value accordingly if user has configured this option. Enter the keyword manual to specify a time value that the restarting router uses. Range: 50-120 seconds default: 30 seconds manual Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information manual, 30 seconds ROUTER ISIS Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 877
Related Commands Configure the overall wait time before Graceful Restart is completed. graceful-restart t3 hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-to-point hello PDUs. e Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to default, use no hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point].
PAGE 878
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. e Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, enter no ignore-lsp-errors. Defaults Command Modes In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsp-errors). ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 879
To disable IS-IS routing, enter no router isis [tag]. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information tag (OPTIONAL) This is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified. The tag name must be unique for all IP router processes for a given router. Not configured. ROUTER ISIS Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 880
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Because the default establishes Level 1 and Level 2 adjacencies, you do not need to configure this command. Routers in an IS-IS system should be configured as a Level 1-only, Level 1-2, or Level 2-only system. Only configure interfaces as Level 1 or Level 2 on routers that are between areas (for example, a Level 1-2 router) to prevent the software from sending unused hello packets and wasting bandwidth.
PAGE 881
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands seconds Allows you to set the length of time between hello packet transmissions. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 10 level-1 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 1. This is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Select this value to configure the hello interval for Level 2. seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) INTERFACE Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 882
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands isis hello-interval Specify the length of time between hello packets. isis hello padding Turn ON or OFF padding of hello PDUs from the interface mode. e Syntax isis hello padding To return to the default, use the no isis hello padding. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Padding of hello PDUs is enabled (ON). INTERFACE Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 883
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on E-Series Dell Force10 recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis metric Assign a metric to an interface. e Syntax isis metric default-metric [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, enter no isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2].
PAGE 884
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. e Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, enter the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES.
PAGE 885
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. Range: 0 to 127 Default: 64 level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 2. value = 64; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) INTERFACE Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 You can configure priorities independently for Level 1 and Level 2.
PAGE 886
www.dell.com | support.dell.com log-adjacency-changes Generate a log messages for adjacency state changes. e Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable this function, enter no log-adjacency-changes. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Adjacency changes are not logged. ROUTER ISIS Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 This command enables you to monitor adjacency state changes, which is useful when you monitor large networks. Messages are logged in the system error message facility.
PAGE 887
Usage Information LSP throttling slows down the frequency at which LSPs are generated during network instability. Even though throttling LSP generations slows down network convergence, no throttling can result in a network not functioning as expected. If network topology is unstable, throttling slows down the scheduling of LSP generations until the topology regains its stability.
PAGE 888
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds. This value has to be less than the seconds value specified with the max-lsp-lifetime command. Range: 1 to 65535 seconds. Default: 900 900 seconds ROUTER ISIS Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 889
max-lsp-lifetime Set the maximum time that link-state packets (LSPs) exist without being refreshed. e Syntax max-lsp-lifetime seconds To restore the default time, enter no max-lsp-lifetime. Parameters Defaults Command Modes seconds 1200 seconds ROUTER ISIS Command History Usage Information The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. Range: 1 to 65535 Default: 1200 Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 890
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced multi-topology ISIS support Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced metric-style Configure a router to generate and accept old-style, new-style, or both styles of type, length, and values (TLV). e Syntax metric-style {narrow [transition] | transition | wide [transition]} [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, enter the no metric-style {narrow [transition] | transition | wide [transition]} [level-1 | level-2] command.
PAGE 891
Defaults Command Mode Command History Disabled CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced net Use this mandatory command to configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process. If a NET is not configured, the IS-IS process will not start. e Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, enter no net network-entity-title.
PAGE 892
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 893
Defaults Command Modes level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level-1-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 2 routes. This is the default. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) If the route-map argument is not entered, all routes are redistributed. If a map-name value is not specified, then no routers are imported.
PAGE 894
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters AS number Enter a number that corresponds to the Autonomous System number. Range: 1 to 65355 level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS Level 1 routes only level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 2 routes only. This is the default.
PAGE 895
redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. e Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, enter the no redistribute ospf process-id [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [match {internal | external}] [metric metric-value][metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 896
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for narrow mode and the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs will be 63. If the metric-style command is set for wide mode, an the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is advertised.
PAGE 897
CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) Usage Information Set the overload bit when a router experiences problems, such as a memory shortage due to an incomplete link state database which can result in an incomplete or inaccurate routing table. If you set the overload bit in its LSPs, other routers ignore the unreliable router in their SPF calculations until the router has recovered. Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 898
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 1 IS-IS link-state database. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 2 IS-IS link-state database. local (OPTIONAL) Displays local link-state database information. detail (OPTIONAL) Detailed link-state database information of each LSP displays when specified. If not specified, a summary displays. summary (OPTIONAL) Summary of link-state database information displays when specified.
PAGE 899
Table 28-1. Command Example Fields Field Description IS-IS Level-1/Level-2 Link State Database Displays the IS-IS link state database for Level 1 or Level 2. LSPID Displays the LSP identifier. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID. If this byte is not zero, then the LSP describes system links. If this byte is zero (0), then the LSP describes the state of the originating router.
PAGE 900
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example Figure 28-5.
PAGE 901
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • • Command Modes For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 902
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 1 IS-IS neighbors. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 2 IS-IS neighbors. detail (OPTIONAL) Displays detailed information about neighbors. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • • • • • Command Modes For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 903
Usage Information Use this command to confirm that the neighbor adjacencies are operating correctly. If you suspect that they are not, you can verify the specified area addresses of the routers by using the show isis neighbors command. show isis protocol Display IS-IS routing information. e Syntax Command Modes show isis protocol EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.12.0 Figure 28-9.
PAGE 904
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 • • E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
PAGE 905
Table 28-3. Command Example Fields (continued) Item Description LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures. spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between Shortest Path First (SPF) calculations.
PAGE 906
www.dell.com | support.dell.com SPF throttling slows down the frequency at which route calculation are performed during network instability. Even though throttling route calculations slows down network convergence, not throttling can result in a network not functioning as expected. If network topology is unstable, throttling slows down the scheduling of route calculations until the topology regains its stability.
PAGE 907
29 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) Overview This chapter contains commands for Dell Force10’s implementation of Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) for the creation of dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs — called port-channels in FTOS parlance). For static LAG commands, the section Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
PAGE 908
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear lacp counters ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Clear Port Channel counters. clear lacp port-channel-number counters port-channel-number Enter a port-channel number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1 to 128 E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.
PAGE 909
interface in | out Defaults Command Modes (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/ port information.
PAGE 910
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Related Commands This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, the command has no effect. show lacp Display the lacp configuration lacp port-priority ces Syntax Configure the port priority to influence which ports will be put in standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating.
PAGE 911
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series port-channel mode ces Syntax Parameters Configure the LACP port channel mode. port-channel number mode [active] [passive] [off] number Enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1 to 128 E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
PAGE 912
www.dell.com | support.dell.com port-channel-protocol lacp ces Syntax Enable LACP on any LAN port. port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command. Command Modes Command History Related Commands INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced show lacp Display the LACP information. show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups.
PAGE 913
A - Active LACP, B - Passive LACP, C - Short Timeout, D - Long Timeout E - Aggregatable Link, F - Individual Link, G - IN_SYNC, H - OUT_OF_SYNC I - Collection enabled, J - Collection disabled, K - Distribution enabled L Distribution disabled, M - Partner Defaulted, N - Partner Non-defaulted, O - Receiver is in expired state, P - Receiver is not in expired state Port Gi 10/6 is enabled, LACP is enabled and mode is lacp Actor Admin: State ACEHJLMP Key 1 Priority 128 Oper: State ACEGIKNP Key 1 Priority 128 Par
PAGE 914
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 915
30 Layer 2 Overview This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. It contains the following sections: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) Some MAC addressing commands are supported only on the E-Series, some on all three Dell Force10 platforms, and some on two Dell Force10 platforms.
PAGE 916
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • show cam mac linecard (count) show cam maccheck linecard show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) show cam mac stack-unit show mac-address-table show mac-address-table aging-time show mac accounting destination show mac cam show mac learning-limit clear mac-address-table ces Syntax Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 917
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series mac accounting destination e Syntax Configure a destination counter for Layer 2 traffic. mac accounting destination {mac-address vlan vlan-id | vlan} [bytes | packets] To delete a destination counter, enter no mac accounting destination.
PAGE 918
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE VLAN (E-Series only) Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context and reduced minimum aging time in INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 919
Command History Related Commands Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series show mac-address-table Displays the MAC address table. mac-address-table station-move threshold ce Change the frequency with which the MAC address station-move trap is sent after a MAC address changes in a VLAN.
PAGE 920
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on E-Series FTOS takes 4 to 5 seconds to detect aged entries and station moves because the MAC address table scanning routine runs every 5000 ms by default. To achieve faster detection, reduce the scanning interval.
PAGE 921
Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Related Commands 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set aside 100% of the MAC CAM for MAC address learning. With this configuration, no MAC ACLs are processed. slot-number Enter the line card slot number. Range: 0 to 13 for the E1200 0 to 6 for the E600 0 to 5 for the E300 75 (75% of the MAC CAM for MAC address learning) CONFIGURATION After setting the CAM partition size, the line card resets. show mac cam Display the current MAC CAM partition values.
PAGE 922
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 8.3.1.0 Added vlan option on E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series; added station-move option Version 6.5.1.0 Added support for MAC Learning-Limit on LAG This command and its options are supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, LACP LAGs, and VLANs. If the vlan option is not specified, then the MAC address counters is not VLAN-based.
PAGE 923
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a learning-limit violation. shutdown Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down the port on a learning-limit violation. No default behavior or values INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 924
www.dell.com | support.dell.com mac learning-limit station-move-violation ces Syntax Specify the actions for a station move violation. mac learning-limit station-move-violation {log | shutdown-both | shutdown-offending | shutdown-original} To disable a configuration, use the no mac learning-limit station-move-violation command, followed by the configured keyword.
PAGE 925
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on E-Series show cam mac linecard (count) e Display the Syntax Parameters Command Modes CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs.
PAGE 926
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show cam maccheck linecard c Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display the results of the BCMI2 check command. show cam maccheck linecard slot port-set port-pipe linecard slot (REQUIRED) Enter the keyword linecard followed by a slot number to select the linecard for which to gather information.
PAGE 927
Example (show cam mac linecard) FTOS#show cam mac linecard 2 port-set 0 VlanId Mac Address Region Interface 0 ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff STATIC 00001 4094 00:00:a0:00:00:00 DYNAMIC Gi 2/0 !-------------output truncated-------------------! show cam mac linecard (dynamic or static) ce Display the Syntax show cam mac linecard slot port-set port-pipe [address mac_addr | dynamic | interface interface | static | vlan vlan-id] Parameters Command Modes CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MA
PAGE 928
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 929
Command Modes static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to display only those MAC address specifically configured on the switch. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type, slot and port information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 930
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show mac-address-table ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display the MAC address table. show mac-address-table [dynamic | static] [address mac-address | interface interface | vlan vlan-id] [count [vlan vlan-id] [interface interface-type [slot [/port]]]] dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses learned dynamically by the switch.
PAGE 931
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Example FTOS#show mac-address-table VlanId Mac Address Type Interface 999 00:00:00:00:00:19 Sticky Gi 0/1 999 00:00:00:00:00:29 Dynamic Gi 0/2 FTOS# Table 30-1. State Active Active show mac-address-table Information Column Heading Description Example (show mac-address-table count) VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number.
PAGE 932
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show mac-address-table aging-time ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id] vlan vlan-id On the E-Series, enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN ID to display the MAC address aging time for MAC addresses on the VLAN. Range: 1 to 4094. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 933
Command Modes interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type, slot and port information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 934
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show mac cam e Syntax Command Modes Display the CAM size and the portions allocated for MAC addresses and for MAC ACLs. show mac cam EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Example Introduced on E-Series FTOS#show mac cam Slot Type MAC CAM Size MAC FIB Entries 0 E24PD 64K entries 48K (75%) 2 E24PD2 128K entries 64K (50%) 11 EX2YD 64K entries 16K (25%) Note: All CAM entries are per portpipe. FTOS# Table 30-3.
PAGE 935
Command Modes interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface with the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For SONET interfaces, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 936
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example (C-Series & S-Series) C-Series/S-Series output: FTOS#show mac learning-limit Interface Learning Dynamic Static Slot/port Limit MAC count MAC count Gi 1/0 10 0 0 Gi 1/1 5 0 0 FTOS#show mac learning-limit interface gig 1/0 Interface Learning Dynamic Static Slot/port Limit MAC count MAC count Gi 1/0 10 0 Unknown SA Drops 0 0 Unknown SA Drops 0 0 Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor Virtual LANs (VLANs).
PAGE 937
Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands No default behavior or values INTERFACE VLAN Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on E-Series show vlan Display VLAN configuration. default vlan-id ces Syntax Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax.
PAGE 938
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced no S4810 Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced no default vlan disable is not listed in the running-configuration, but when the default VLAN is disabled, default-vlan disable is listed in the running-configuration. enable vlan-counters ex Syntax Display VLAN counters for ingress and/or egress hardware. You must be in restricted mode to use this command.
PAGE 939
100000 packets, 10000000 bytes Output Statistics: 200000 packets, 20800000 bytes Time since last interface status change: 01:36:01 FTOS# Usage Information FTOS supports a command to enable viewing of the VLAN input/output counters. This command also applies to SNMP requests. If the command is not enabled, IFM returns zero values for VLAN output counters. SNMP counters differ from show interface counters as SNMP counters must maintain history.
PAGE 940
www.dell.com | support.dell.com name ces Syntax Assign a name to the VLAN. name vlan-name To remove the name from the VLAN, enter no name. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Not configured. INTERFACE VLAN Command History Usage Information Enter up to 32 characters as the name of the VLAN. vlan-name Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 941
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series show vlan ces Syntax Parameters Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • VLAN ID • VLAN name (left blank if none is configured.) • Spanning Tree Group ID • MAC address aging time • IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id followed by a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 942
www.dell.com | support.dell.com P 5 Active 6 Active 7 Active 100 Active C 101 I 102 FTOS# T T T T Inactive Inactive Table 30-4.
PAGE 943
Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 42 FTOS# Example (show vlan brief) Example (Using VLAN Name) Status Active Description FTOS#show vlan br VLAN Name ---- ---------------------- ---1 2 3 FTOS# Q Ports U Gi 13/47 STG --------0 0 0 FTOS(conf)#interface vlan 222 FTOS(conf-if-vl-222)#name test FTOS(conf-if-vl-222)#do show vlan name test Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagg
PAGE 944
www.dell.com | support.dell.com tagged ces Syntax Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. tagged interface To remove a tagged interface from a VLAN, use no tagged interface command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 945
track ip ces Syntax Track the Layer 3 operational state of a Layer 3 VLAN, using a subset of the VLAN member interfaces. track ip interface To remove the tracking feature from the VLAN, use the no track ip interface command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 946
www.dell.com | support.dell.com untagged ces Syntax Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface. untagged interface To remove an untagged interface from a VLAN, use the no untagged interface command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 947
Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) Overview FTOS supports Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) on the Ethernet interfaces of the following platforms as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: E-Series e, S4810 The FEFD feature detects and reports far-end link failures. • • • FEFD is not supported on the Management interface. During an RPM failover, FEFD is operationally disabled for approximately 8-10 seconds. By default, FEFD is disabled.
PAGE 948
www.dell.com | support.dell.com packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Command Modes Related Commands Command History For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 949
fefd disable Disable FEFD on an interface only. This command overrides the fefd reset command for the interface. e Syntax fefd disable To re-enable FEFD on an interface, enter no fefd disable. Default Command Modes Related Commands Command History Not configured. INTERFACE fefd disable Disable Far-End Failure Detection on an interface. fefd reset Enable FEFD globally on the system. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Legacy E-Series command fefd-global Enable FEFD globally on the system.
PAGE 950
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Legacy E-Series command Usage Information If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 seconds. If you disable FEFD globally (no fefd-global), the system does not remove the FEFD interface configuration. fefd-global interval Configure an interval between FEFD control packets.
PAGE 951
Command Modes Related Commands Command History INTERFACE fefd Version 8.3.12.0 Enable Far-End Failure Detection. Introduced on S4810. Legacy E-Series command fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. e Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, enter no fefd mode.
PAGE 952
www.dell.com | support.dell.com fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode. e Syntax Parameters fefd reset [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • • • Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Related Commands Command History For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 953
INTERFACE MODE Gi 5/0 Gi 5/1 Gi 5/2 Gi 5/3 Gi 5/4 Gi 5/5 Gi 5/6 Gi 5/7 Gi 5/8 Gi 5/9 Gi 5/10 Gi 5/11 FTOS# Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive Aggressive NA Aggressive Table 30-5. Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Admin Shutdown Locally disabled Err-disabled Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number.
PAGE 954
| Layer 2 www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 955
31 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) Overview Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management. The FTOS implementation of LLDP is based on IEEE standard 801.1ab.
PAGE 956
www.dell.com | support.dell.com The starting point for using LLDP is invoking LLDP with the protocol lldp command in either the CONFIGURATION or INTERFACE mode. The information distributed by LLDP is stored by its recipients in a standard Management Information Base (MIB). The information can be accessed by a network management system through a management protocol such as SNMP. the Link Layer Discovery Protocol chapter of the FTOS Configuration Guide for details on implementing LLDP/LLDP-MED.
PAGE 957
advertise dot3-tlv ces Syntax Advertise dot3 TLVs (Type, Length, Value). advertise dot3-tlv {max-frame-size} To remove advertised dot3-tlv, use the no advertise dot3-tlv {max-frame-size} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History max-frame-size Enter the keyword max-frame-size to advertise the dot3 maximum frame size. No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 958
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series All three command options — system-capabilities, system-description, and system-name} —-can be invoked individually or together, in any sequence. clear lldp counters ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Clear LLDP transmitting and receiving counters for all physical interfaces or a specific physical interface.
PAGE 959
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 960
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display detailed packet information. tx (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tx to display transmit only packet information. rx (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rx to display receive only packet information both (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword both to display both receive and transmit packet information. No default values or behavior EXEC Privilege Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 961
hello ces Syntax Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. Rate: 5 to 180 seconds Default: 30 seconds 30 seconds CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 962
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable LLDP globally. show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors multiplier ces Syntax Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead. multiplier integer To return to the default, use the no multiplier integer command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead.
PAGE 963
protocol lldp (Interface) ces Syntax Enter the LLDP protocol in the INTERFACE mode. [no] protocol lldp To return to the global LLDP configuration mode, use the no protocol lldp command from the Interface mode. Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 964
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 965
Command Modes Command History Example EXEC Privilege Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 966
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • LLDP-MED Network Connectivity Device — any device that provides access to an IEEE 802 LAN to an LLDP-MED endpoint device, and supports IEEE 802.1AB (LLDP) and TIA-1057 (LLDP-MED). The Dell Force10 system is an LLDP-MED network connectivity device.
PAGE 967
advertise med guest-voice-signaling ces Configure the system to advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data. Syntax advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command.
PAGE 968
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information coordinate-based value Enter the keyword coordinate-based followed by the coordinated based location in hexadecimal value of 16 bytes. civic-based value Enter the keyword civic-based followed by the civic based location in hexadecimal format.
PAGE 969
Usage Information Related Commands Advertise the Extended Power via MDI on all ports that are connected to an 802.3af powered, LLDP-MED endpoint device. debug lldp interface Debug LLDP show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors show running-config lldp Display the LLDP running configuration advertise med softphone-voice ces Syntax Configure the system to advertise softphone to enable IP telephony on a computer so that the computer can be used as a phone.
PAGE 970
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. Range: 1 to 4094 layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). Range: 0 to 7 DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only).
PAGE 971
Command Modes Command History Related Commands CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series debug lldp interface Debug LLDP show lldp neighbors Display the LLDP neighbors show running-config lldp Display the LLDP running configuration advertise med video-signaling ces Syntax Configure the system to advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data.
PAGE 972
www.dell.com | support.dell.com advertise med voice ces Syntax Configure the system to advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services. advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 973
Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). Range: 0 to 63 priority-tagged number Enter the keyword priority-tagged followed the Layer 2 priority. Range: 0 to 7 unconfigured CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 974
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 975
32 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Overview MSDP (Multicast Source Discovery Protocol) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections.
PAGE 976
www.dell.com | support.dell.com clear ip msdp peer e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Reset the TCP connection to the peer and clear all the peer statistics. clear ip msdp peer {peer address} peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) Not configured EXEC Privilege Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 977
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History event peer address Enter the keyword event followed by the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). packet peer address Enter the keyword packet followed by the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). pim Enter the keyword pim to debug advertisement from PIM. Not configured EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 978
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter this keyword and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer. If no access list is specified, then all SAs from the peer are accepted. Not configured CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 979
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced A MSDP mesh group is a mechanism for reducing SA flooding, typically in an intra-domain setting. When some subset of a domain’s MSDP speakers are fully meshed, they can be configured into a mesh-group.
PAGE 980
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ip msdp peer e Configure an MSDP peer. Syntax To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information 980 ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [sa-limit number] | peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.
PAGE 981
If the total number of SA messages received from the peer is already larger than the limit when this command is applied, those SA messages will continue to be accepted. To enforce the limit in such situation, use command clear ip msdp peer command to reset the peer. Related Commands ip msdp sa-limit Configure the MSDP SA Limit clear ip msdp peer Clear the MSDP peer. show ip msdp Display the MSDP information ip msdp redistribute e Filter local PIM SA entries in the SA cache.
PAGE 982
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History peer-address Enter the peer address of the MSDP peer in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) access-list name (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP extended access list name that defines from which peers SAs are to be permitted or denied. Not configured CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ip msdp sa-limit e Configure the upper limit of SA (Source-Active) entries in SA-cache.
PAGE 983
Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ip msdp shutdown {peer address} peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) Not configured CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp e Enable MSDP. Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 984
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced Example (show ip msdp peer) FTOS#show ip msdp peer 100.1.1.1 Example (show ip msdp sa-cache) FTOS#show ip msdp sa-cache MSDP Source-Active Cache - 1 entries GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr 224.1.1.1 172.21.220.10 172.21.3.254 FTOS# Example (show ip msdp summary) FTOS#show Peer Addr 72.30.1.2 72.30.2.2 72.30.3.2 FTOS# Peer Addr: 100.1.1.1 Local Addr: 100.1.1.
PAGE 985
00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 00:00:13 FTOS# 225.1.2.11 225.1.2.11 225.1.2.12 225.1.2.13 225.1.2.14 225.1.2.15 225.1.2.16 225.1.2.17 225.1.2.18 225.1.2.19 10.1.1.3 10.1.1.3 10.1.1.4 10.1.1.3 10.1.1.4 10.1.1.3 10.1.1.4 10.1.1.3 10.1.1.4 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 110.1.1.1 13.1.1.2 13.1.1.2 13.1.1.2 13.1.1.2 13.1.1.2 13.1.1.2 13.1.1.2 13.1.1.2 13.1.1.2 13.1.1.
PAGE 986
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 987
33 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Overview Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), as implemented by FTOS, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. MSTP is supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 systems as indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or .
PAGE 988
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug spanning-tree mstp ces Syntax debug spanning-tree mstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, enter no debug spanning-tree mstp. Parameters Command Modes Command History Example 988 Enable debugging of Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol and view information on the protocol. | all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 989
description ces Syntax Enter a description of the Multiple Spanning Tree description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands description Enter a description to identify the Multiple Spanning Tree (80 characters maximum). No default behavior or values SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-mstp”.) pre-7.7.1.
PAGE 990
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, enter no forward-delay. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands seconds Enter the number of seconds the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transiting to the Forwarding State. Range: 4 to 30 Default: 15 seconds. 15 seconds MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 991
Related Commands forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. max-age Change the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age ces Syntax Set the time interval for the Multiple Spanning Tree bridge to maintain configuration information before refreshing that information. max-age seconds To return to the default values, enter no max-age.
PAGE 992
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced The max-hops is a configuration command that applies to both the IST and all MST instances in the MSTP region. The BPDUs sent out by the root switch set the remaining-hops parameter to the configured value of max-hops.
PAGE 993
name ces Syntax The name you assign to the Multiple Spanning Tree region. name region-name To remove the region name, enter no name Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands region-name Enter the MST region name. Range: 32 character limit no default name MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 6.5.1.
PAGE 994
www.dell.com | support.dell.com FTOS(config-mstp)#no disable Usage Information MSTP is not enabled when you enter the MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. To enable MSTP globally on the switch, enter no disable while in MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. Refer to the FTOS Configuration Guide for more information on Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol. Related Commands Defaults Command Modes Usage Information disable Disable Multiple Spanning Tree. Disable.
PAGE 995
show config ces Syntax Command Modes Command History View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. show config MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 6.5.1.
PAGE 996
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information You must enable Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol prior to using this command. show spanning-tree msti ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View the Multiple Spanning Tree instance. show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instance-number [Optional] Enter the Multiple Spanning Tree Instance number Range: 0 to 63 brief [Optional] Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance.
PAGE 997
Designated bridge has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated port id is 128.88, designated path cost Number of transitions to forwarding state 4 BPDU (Mrecords): sent 19, received 1103 The port is not in the portfast mode Port 89 (GigabitEthernet 2/7) is alternate Discarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.89 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 998
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 33-1. show spanning-tree msti guard Command Information Field Description Interface Name MSTP interface Instance MSTP instance Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut) Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard) spanning-tree ces Syntax Enable Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol on the interface.
PAGE 999
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST Instance number. Range: zero (0) to 63 cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost followed by the port cost value.
PAGE 1000
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced hardware shutdown-on-violation option Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1001
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for C-Series Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced By default FTOS implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
PAGE 1002
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1003
34 Multicast Overview The multicast commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 platforms as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or .
PAGE 1004
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ip mroute {group-address [source-address] | *} group-address [source-address] Enter multicast group address and source address (if desired), in dotted decimal format, to clear information on a specific group. * Enter * to clear all multicast routes. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1005
To delete a specific static mroute, use the command ip mroute destination mask {ip-address | null 0| {{bgp| ospf} process-id | isis | rip | static} {ip-address | tag | null 0}} [distance]. To delete all mroutes matching a certain mroute, use the no ip mroute destination mask command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History destination Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the destination device. mask Enter the mask in slash prefix formation ( /x ) or in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1006
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To revert to the default, enter no ip multicast-lag-hashing. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced for E-Series By default, one Port Channel member is chosen to forward multicast traffic. With this feature turned on, multicast traffic will be distributed among the Port Channel members in a round-robin fashion. This feature applies to the routed multicast traffic.
PAGE 1007
The IN-L3-McastFib CAM partition is used to store multicast routes and is a separate hardware limit that is exists per port-pipe. Any software-configured limit might be superseded by this hardware space limitation. The opposite is also true, the CAM partition might not be exhausted at the time the system-wide route limit set by the ip multicast-limit is reached. Related Commands show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups. ip multicast-routing ces Syntax Enable IP multicast forwarding.
PAGE 1008
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information vlan vlan-list Enter the VLAN(s) in which flooding will be restricted. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). Range: 1 to 4094 min-speed min-speed (OPTIONAL) Enter the minimum link speed that ports must have to receive the specified flooded multicast traffic. None CONFIGURATION Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1009
As an Mtrace client, FTOS transmits Mtrace queries, receives, parses and prints out the details in the response packet received. As an Mtrace transit or intermediate router, FTOS returns the response to Mtrace queries. Upon receiving the Mtrace request, FTOS computes the RPF neighbor for the source, fills in the request and the forwards the request to the RPF neighbor. While computing the RPF neighbor, the static mroute and mBGP route is preferred over the unicast route.
PAGE 1010
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale This command restricts flooding for all unknown multicast traffic on ports below a certain speed. If you want some multicast traffic to be flooded on slower ports, use the command mac-flood-list without the min-speed option, in combination with restrict-flooding. With mac-flood-list you specify the traffic you want to be flooded using a MAC address range.
PAGE 1011
EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.1.1 Support for the snooping keyword and optional vlan vlan-id, group-address, and source-address parameters were added on E-Series ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series E-Series legacy command Example (show ip mroute static) Example (show ip mroute snooping) FTOS#show ip mroute static Mroute: 23.23.23.
PAGE 1012
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 34-1. show ip mroute Command Example Fields Field Description (S,G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the multicast forwarding table. Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) information towards the source for (S,G) entries and the RP for (*,G) entries.
PAGE 1013
Defaults Command Modes None EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.7.1.0 Example Related Commands Introduced on E-Series FTOS#show queue backplane multicast bandwidth-percent Configured multicast bandwidth percentage is 80 queue backplane multicast Reallocate the amount of bandwidth dedicated to multicast traffic.
PAGE 1014
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands show ipv6 pim tib Display the IPv6 PIM Tree Information Base. debug ipv6 mld_host Enable the collection of debug information for MLD host transactions. Syntax [no] debug ipv6 mld_host [int-count | interface type] [slot/port-range] Use the no debug ipv6 mld_host command to discontinue collection of debug information for the MLD host transactions.
PAGE 1015
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced The maximum number of multicast entries allowed on each line card is determined by the CAM profile. Multicast routes are stored in the IN-V6-McastFib CAM region, which has a fixed number of entries. Any limit configured via the CLI is superseded by this hardware limit. The opposite is also true; the CAM might not be exhausted at the time the CLI-configured route limit is reached.
PAGE 1016
www.dell.com | support.dell.com EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1017
Source: 165:87:31::30, Forwarding: 3997/0 FTOS# Example (show ipv6 mroute count source) FTOS#show ipv6 mroute count source 165:87:31::30 IP Multicast Statistics 2 routes using 1296 bytes of memory 2 groups, 1.
PAGE 1018
www.dell.com | support.dell.com (*, ff05:200::1), uptime 00:04:15 Incoming vlan: Vlan 200 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 2/15 GigabitEthernet 2/16 (*, ff05:1100::1), uptime 00:04:18 Incoming vlan: Vlan 200 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 2/15 GigabitEthernet 2/16 FTOS# show ipv6 mroute summary e Syntax Defaults Command Modes Display a summary of the Multicast routing table. show ipv6 mroute summary No default values or behavior EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 7.4.
PAGE 1019
35 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) Network Discovery Protocol for IPv6 is supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series or . Overview Neighbor Discovery Protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1020
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • • ipv6 nd managed-config-flag ipv6 nd max-ra-interval ipv6 nd mtu ipv6 nd other-config-flag ipv6 nd prefix ipv6 nd ra-lifetime ipv6 nd reachable-time ipv6 nd suppress-ra ipv6 neighbor show ipv6 neighbors clear ipv6 neighbors Delete all entries in the IPv6 neighbor discovery cache, or neighbors of a specific interface. Static entries will not be removed using this command.
PAGE 1021
ipv6 nd managed-config-flag e Set the managed address configuration flag in the IPv6 router advertisement. The description of this flag from RFC 2461 (http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2461) is: M: 1-bit “Managed address configuration” flag. When set, hosts use the administered (stateful) protocol for address autoconfiguration in addition to any addresses autoconfigured using stateless address autoconfiguration. The use of this flag is described in: Thomson, S. and T.
PAGE 1022
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information No default values or behavior INTERFACE Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced The ip nd mtu command sets the value advertised to routers. It does not set the actual MTU rate. For example, if ip nd mtu is set to 1280, the interface will still pass 1500-byte packets. The mtu command sets the actual frame size passed, and can be larger than the advertised MTU.
PAGE 1023
Parameters Defaults Command Modes ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. Range: /0 to /128 The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros default (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword default to specify the prefix default parameters. no-advertise (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword no-advertise to not advertise prefixes.
PAGE 1024
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ipv6 nd reachable-time e Configure the amount of time that a remote IPv6 node is considered available after a reachability confirmation event has occurred. The description of reachable time from RFC 2461 (http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2461) is: Reachable Time: 32-bit unsigned integer. The time, in milliseconds, that a node assumes a neighbor is reachable after having received a reachability confirmation. Used by the Neighbor Unreachability Detection algorithm.
PAGE 1025
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address of the neighbor in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero interface interface Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type and slot/ port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1026
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 1026 Defaults Command Modes No default behavior or values EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1027
36 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6, and is available on platforms: ces Overview Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
PAGE 1028
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug track ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enables debugging for tracked objects. debug track [all | notifications | object-id] all Enables debugging on the state and notifications of all tracked objects. notifications Enables debugging on the notifications of all tracked objects. object-id Enables debugging on the state and notifications of the specified tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1029
Related Commands Usage Information track interface ip routing Configure object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface. track interface line-protocol Configure object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. track ip route metric threshold Configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. track ip route reachability Configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route.
PAGE 1030
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show running-config track ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands Example Display the current configuration of tracked objects. show running-config track [object-id] object-id (OPTIONAL) Display information on the specified tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 1031
Parameters object-id (OPTIONAL) Display information on the specified tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535. interface (OPTIONAL) Display information on all tracked interfaces (Layer 2 and IPv4 Layer 3). ip route (OPTIONAL) Display information on all tracked IPv4 routes. resolution (OPTIONAL) Display information on the configured resolution values used to scale protocol-specific route metrics to the range 0 to 255.
PAGE 1032
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 36-1. Example (brief) Command Example Description: show track Interface type slot/port IP route ip-address IPv6 route ipv6-address Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route that is being tracked. object is Up/Down Up/Down state of tracked object; for example, IPv4 interface, reachability or metric threshold of an IP route.
PAGE 1033
Command Modes OBJECT TRACKING (conf_track_object-id) Command History Related Commands Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced track ip route metric threshold Configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric. track resolution ip route Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv4 route metric. Use this command to configure the UP and/or DOWN threshold for the scaled metric of a tracked IPv4 or IPv6 route.
PAGE 1034
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Usage Information show track Display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object. Use this command to enter the Object Tracking mode to edit an existing configuration of a tracked object.
PAGE 1035
To provide a common tracking interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible. The scaled metric value communicated to a client always considers a lower value to have priority over a higher value.
PAGE 1036
www.dell.com | support.dell.com When you configure IPv4 route reachability as a tracked object, the UP/DOWN state of the tracked route is also determined by the entry of the next-hop address in the ARP cache. A tracked route is considered to be reachable if there is an ARP cache entry for the route's next-hop address.
PAGE 1037
• The Layer 3 status of an IPv4 interface goes DOWN when its Layer 2 status goes down (for a Layer 3 VLAN, all VLAN ports must be down) or the IP address is removed from the routing table. track interface line-protocol ces Syntax Configure object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. track object-id interface interface line-protocol To return to the default setting, enter no track object-id. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1038
www.dell.com | support.dell.com track resolution ip route ces Syntax Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv4 route metric. track resolution ip route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value} To return to the default setting, enter no track object-id. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1039
IPv6 Object Tracking Commands The IPv6 object tracking commands are: • • • • • show track ipv6 route track interface ipv6 routing track ipv6 route metric threshold track ipv6 route reachability track resolution ipv6 route The following object tracking commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • • • • • • debug track delay description show running-config track threshold metric track interface line-protocol show track ipv6 route ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display information about all tracked IPv6 rout
PAGE 1040
www.dell.com | support.dell.com First-hop interface is GigabitEthernet 13/2 Tracked by: VRRP GigabitEthernet 7/30 IPv6 VRID 1 Track 3 IPv6 route 2050::/64 reachability Reachability is Up (STATIC) 5 changes, last change 00:02:30 First-hop interface is GigabitEthernet 13/2 Tracked by: VRRP GigabitEthernet 7/30 IPv6 VRID 1 Table 36-3. Example (brief) Command Example Description: show track ipv6 route show track ipv6 route Output Description Track object-id Displays the number of the tracked object.
PAGE 1041
Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. Range: 1 to 65535. interface Enter one of the following values: • • • • • • Defaults Command Modes E-Series: 1 to 255 for TeraScale; 1 to 512 for ExaScale. For SONET interfaces, enter the sonet slot-number/port-number. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter tengigabitethernet slot-number/ port-number For a VLAN interface, enter vlan number, where number is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1042
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Related Commands Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced show track ipv6 route Display information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route. threshold metric Configure the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route.
PAGE 1043
Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Usage Information None CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced show track ipv6 route Display information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route. track ip route reachability Configure object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. Use this command to create an object that tracks the reachability of an IPv6 route.
PAGE 1044
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Usage Information Configure the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route. track ipv6 route metric threshold Configure object tracking on the threshold of an IPv6 route metric. Use this command to configure the protocol-specific resolution value that converts the actual metric of an IPv6 route in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255.
PAGE 1045
37 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2) Overview The platform supports Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2) only. Up to 16 OSPF instances can be run simultaneously on the . OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
PAGE 1046
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1047
• • • • • • • • • • show ip ospf neighbor show ip ospf routes show ip ospf statistics show ip ospf timers rate-limit show ip ospf topology show ip ospf virtual-links summary-address timers spf timers throttle lsa all timers throttle lsa arrival area default-cost ces Syntax Set the metric for the summary default route generated by the area border router (ABR) into the stub area. Use this command on the border routers at the edge of a stub area.
PAGE 1048
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax area area-id nssa [default-information-originate] [no-redistribution] [no-summary] To delete an NSSA, enter no area area-id nssa. Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History area-id Specify the OSPF area in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) or enter a number from 0 and 65535. no-redistribution (OPTIONAL) Specify that the redistribute command should not distribute routes into the NSSA. You should only use this command in a NSSA Area Border Router (ABR).
PAGE 1049
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized. area stub Create a stub area.
PAGE 1050
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax area area-id virtual-link router-id [[authentication-key [encryption-type] key] | [message-digest-key keyid md5 [encryption-type] key]] [dead-interval seconds] [hello-interval seconds] [retransmit-interval seconds] [transmit-delay seconds] To delete a virtual link, use the no area area-id virtual-link router-id command.
PAGE 1051
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series All OSPF areas must be connected to a backbone area (usually Area 0). Virtual links connect broken or discontiguous areas. You cannot enable both authentication options. Choose either the authentication-key or message-digest-key option.
PAGE 1052
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series clear ip ospf statistics ces Syntax Parameters Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors.
PAGE 1053
debug ip ospf ces Syntax Display debug information on OSPF. Entering debug ip ospf enables OSPF debugging for the first OSPF process,. debug ip ospf process-id [bfd |event | packet | spf | database-timer rate-limit] To cancel the debug command, enter no debug ip ospf. Parameters Command Modes Command History process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to debug a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1054
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 37-1. 1054 | Output Descriptions for debug ip ospf process-id packet Field Description t: Displays the type of packet sent: • 1 - Hello packet • 2 - database description • 3 - link state request • 4 - link state update • 5 - link state acknowledgement l: Displays the packet length. rid: Displays the OSPF router ID. aid: Displays the Autonomous System ID. chk: Displays the OSPF checksum. aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured.
PAGE 1055
default-information originate ces Syntax Configure the FTOS to generate a default external route into an OSPF routing domain. default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, enter no default-information originate. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to specify that default route information must always be advertised.
PAGE 1056
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Related Commands ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series redistribute Redistribute routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. description ces Syntax Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration.
PAGE 1057
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History weight Specify an administrative distance. Range: 1 to 255. Default: 110 ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, you must include the mask for that router address. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a mask in dotted decimal format or /n format. access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of an IP standard access list, up to 140 characters. 110 ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1058
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series To specify a distance for routes learned from other routing domains, use the redistribute command. distribute-list in ces Syntax Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table.
PAGE 1059
distribute-list out ces Syntax Apply a filter to restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation. distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] To remove a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. bgp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bgp to specify that BGP routes are distributed.
PAGE 1060
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History net-mask CONFIGURATION Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series fast-convergence ces Syntax This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time. fast-convergence {number} To cancel fast-convergence, enter no fast convergence.
PAGE 1061
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series In OSPF, flooding is the most resource-consuming task. The flooding algorithm, described in RFC-2328, requires that OSPF flood LSAs (Link State Advertisements) on all interfaces, as governed by LSA’s flooding scope ( Section 13 of the RFC).
PAGE 1062
www.dell.com | support.dell.com graceful-restart helper-reject ces Syntax Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart. graceful-restart helper-reject ip-address To return to default value, enter no graceful-restart helper-reject. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Not Configured ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1063
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series graceful-restart role ces Syntax Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, enter no graceful-restart role.
PAGE 1064
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History zero (0) seconds INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series ip ospf authentication-key ces Syntax Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface. ip ospf authentication-key [encryption-type] key To delete an authentication key, enter no ip ospf authentication-key.
PAGE 1065
Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series If this command is not configured, cost is based on the auto-cost command. When you configure OSPF over multiple vendors, use the ip ospf cost command to ensure that all routers use the same cost. Otherwise, OSPF routes improperly.
PAGE 1066
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To return to the default value, enter no ip ospf hello-interval. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands seconds Enter a the number of second as the delay between hello packets. Range: 1 to 65535. Default: 10 seconds. 10 seconds INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1067
After the reply is received and the new key is authenticated, you must delete the old key. Dell Force10 recommends keeping only one key per interface. Note: The MD5 secret is stored as plain text in the configuration file with service password encryption. ip ospf mtu-ignore ces Syntax Disable OSPF MTU mismatch detection upon receipt of database description (DBD) packets. ip ospf mtu-ignore To return to the default, enter no ip ospf mtu-ignore.
PAGE 1068
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series ip ospf priority ces Syntax Set the priority of the interface to determine the Designated Router for the OSPF network. ip ospf priority number To return to the default setting, enter no ip ospf priority. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information number Enter a number as the priority. Range: 0 to 255. The default is 1. 1 INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1069
Command Modes Command History Usage Information INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Set the time interval to a number large enough to prevent unnecessary retransmissions. For example, the interval should be larger for interfaces connected to virtual links.
PAGE 1070
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series maximum-paths ces Syntax Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, enter no maximum-paths.
PAGE 1071
Usage Information This command is either enabled or disabled. If no OSPF process is identified as the MIB manager, the first OSPF process will be used. If an OSPF process has been selected, it must be disabled prior to assigning new process ID the MIB responsibility. network area ces Syntax Define which interfaces run OSPF and the OSPF area for those interfaces. network ip-address mask area area-id To disable an OSPF area, use the no network ip-address mask area area-id command.
PAGE 1072
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To enable both the receiving and sending routing, enter the no passive-interface interface command. To return all OSPF interfaces (current and future) to active, enter the no passive-interface default command. Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information default Enter the keyword default to make all OSPF interfaces (current and future) passive.
PAGE 1073
• Save passive-interface interface into the running configuration. passive-interface default • • • • All present and future OSPF interface are marked as passive. Any adjacency are explicitly terminated from all OSPF interfaces. All previous passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. All previous no passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. no passive-interface interface • • • Remove the interface from the passive list.
PAGE 1074
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map followed by the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag followed by a number. Range: 0 to 4294967295 Not configured. ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1075
Command Modes Command History ROUTER OSPF Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.3 Introduced Route Map for BGP Redistribution to OSPF Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Modified to include the default keyword. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series redistribute isis ces Syntax Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance.
PAGE 1076
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series IS-IS is not supported on S-Series platforms. router-id ces Syntax Use this command to configure a fixed router ID. router-id ip-address To remove the fixed router ID, use the no router-id ip-address command.
PAGE 1077
Syntax router ospf process-id [vrf {vrf name}] To clear an OSPF instance, enter no router ospf process-id. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Enter a number for the OSPF instance. Range: 1 to 65535. vrf name (Optional) E-Series Only: Enter the VRF process identifier to tie the OSPF instance to the VRF. All network commands under this OSPF instance are subsequently tied to the VRF instance. Not configured. CONFIGURATION Command History Example Usage Information process-id Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1078
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show ip ospf ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch. show ip ospf process-id [vrf vrf name] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf name E-Series Only: Show only the OSPF information tied to the VRF process. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example Version 8.3.8.
PAGE 1079
Table 37-2. Command Output Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id Line Beginning with Description “SPF schedule...” Displays the delay and hold time configured for this process ID. “Convergence Level” Related Commands “Min LSA....” Displays the intervals set for LSA transmission and acceptance. “Number of...” Displays the number and type of areas configured for this process ID. show ip ospf database Displays information about the OSPF routes configured.
PAGE 1080
www.dell.com | support.dell.com RouterID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 FTOS# Flags -/-/-/ E/-/-/ Cost 2 0 Nexthop 10.0.0.2 0.0.0.0 Interface Gi 0/1 - Area 1 0 You can determine if an ASBR is in a directly connected area (or not) by the flags. For ASBRs in a directly connected area, E flags are set. In the figure above, router 1.1.1.1 is in a directly connected area since the Flag is E/-/-/.
PAGE 1081
11.1.1.0 11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 FTOS> Table 37-3. Related Commands 11.1.2.1 11.1.2.1 192.68.135.2 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 718 718 1663 1192 1184 148 0x80000002 0x80000002 0x80000054 0x8000006b 0x8000006b 0x8000006d 0x831e 0x7828 0xd8d6 0x2718 0x1c22 0x533b 0 0 0 0 0 0 Command Output Description: show ip ospf process-id database Field Description Link ID Identifies the router ID. ADV Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Age Displays the link state age.
PAGE 1082
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Example FTOS#show ip ospf 100 database asbr-summary OSPF Router with ID (1.1.1.10) (Process ID 100) Summary Asbr (Area 0.0.0.0) LS age: 1437 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1083
Related Commands show ip ospf database Displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external ces Syntax Parameters Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs. show ip ospf process-id database external [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1084
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Link State ID: 24.216.12.0 Advertising Router: 20.20.20.8 LS Seq Number: 0x80000005 Checksum: 0xa00e Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 FTOS# Table 37-5. external Related Commands 1084 | Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id database Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1085
show ip ospf database network ces Syntax Parameters Display the network (type 2) LSA information. show ip ospf process-id database network [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1086
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.20.20.1 Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 FTOS# Table 37-6. network Related Commands Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id database Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1087
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series show ip ospf database Displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-area ces Syntax Parameters Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information.
PAGE 1088
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Opaque ID: 1 Unable to display opaque data LS age: 833 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Type-10 Opaque Link Area Link State ID: 1.0.0.2 Advertising Router: 10.16.1.160 LS Seq Number: 0x80000002 Checksum: 0x19c2 --More-- Table 37-7. Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id database opaque-area Related Commands Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1089
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.
PAGE 1090
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series show ip ospf database Displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database router ces Syntax Parameters Display the router (type 1) LSA information. show ip ospf process-id database router [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
PAGE 1091
(Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.130.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.142.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.142.
PAGE 1092
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 37-8. router Related Commands Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id database Item Description (Link ID) Identifies the link type and address. (Link Data) Identifies the router interface address. Number of TOS Metric Lists the number of TOS metrics. TOS 0 Metric Lists the number of TOS 0 metrics. show ip ospf database Displays OSPF database information.
PAGE 1093
Advertising Router: 192.168.17.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000054 Checksum: 0xb5a2 Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x987c Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
PAGE 1094
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands show ip ospf database Displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf interface ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Display the OSPF interfaces configured. If OSPF is not enabled on the switch, no output is generated. show ip ospf process-id interface [interface] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1095
Adjacent with neighbor 192.168.253.1 (Backup Designated Router) GigabitEthernet 13/23 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.0.1/24, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DROTHER, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.5, Interface address 192.168.0.4 Backup Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.3, Interface address 192.168.0.
PAGE 1096
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes Command History process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1097
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and E-Series This command is useful in isolating routing problems between OSPF and RTM. For example, if a route is missing from the RTM/FIB but is visible from the display output of this command, then likely the problem is with downloading the route to the RTM.
PAGE 1098
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes interface name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by one of the following interface keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1099
Socket Errors FTOS# 0 Table 37-12.
PAGE 1100
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 37-13.
PAGE 1101
show ip ospf timers rate-limit Show the LSA currently in the queue waiting for timers to expire. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes show ip ospf process-id timers rate-limit process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. No default values or behavior EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.8.
PAGE 1102
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information This command can be used to isolate problems with inter-area and external routes. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router. If an inter-area or external route is not of correct cost, the display can determine if the path to the originating router is correct or not. Example FTOS#show ip ospf 1 topology Router ID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 FTOS# Flags E/B/-/ E/-/-/ Cost 1 1 Nexthop 20.0.0.3 10.0.0.
PAGE 1103
Table 37-14. virtual-links Command Example Descriptions: show ip ospf process-id Items Description “Transit area...” This line identifies the area through which the virtual link was created, the interface used, and the cost assigned to that link. “Transmit Delay...” This line displays the transmit delay assigned to the link and the State of the OSPF neighbor. “Timer intervals...” This line displays the timer values assigned to the virtual link.
PAGE 1104
www.dell.com | support.dell.com With "not-advertise" parameter configured, this command can be used to filter out some external routes. For example, you want to redistribute static routes to OSPF, but you don't want OSPF to advertise routes with prefix 1.1.0.0. Then you can configure summary-address 1.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 not-advertise to filter out all the routes fall in range 1.1.0.0/16. Related Commands area range Summarizes routes within an area.
PAGE 1105
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information start-interval Set the minimum interval between initial sending and resending the same LSA. Range: 0-600,000 milliseconds hold-interval Set the next interval to send the same LSA. This is the time between sending the same LSA after the start-interval has been attempted. Range: 1-600,000 milliseconds max-interval Set the maximum amount of time the system waits before sending the LSA.
PAGE 1106
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1107
38 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) Overview The PIM commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or .
PAGE 1108
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1109
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series clear ip pim snooping tib ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands Clear tree information discovered by PIM-SM snooping from the PIM database. clear ip pim snooping tib [vlan vlan-id] [group-address] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to clear TIB information learned through PIM-SM snooping about a specified VLAN. Valid VLAN IDs: 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1110
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: • assert: to view the assertion timer. • hello: to view the PIM neighbor keepalive timer. • joinprune: to view the expiry timer (join/prune timer) • register: to view the register suppression timer.
PAGE 1111
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 1112
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series on port-channels and S-Series The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the Designated Router. If two interfaces contain the same DR priority value, the interface with the largest interface IP address becomes the Designated Router.
PAGE 1113
ip pim join-filter ces Syntax Permit or deny PIM Join/Prune messages on an interface using an extended IP access list. This command prevents the PIM SM router from creating state based on multicast source and/or group. ip pim join-filter ext-access-list {in | out} Remove the access list using the command no ip pim join-filter ext-access-list {in | out} Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ext-access-list Enter the name of an extended access list.
PAGE 1114
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced FTOS(conf)# ip access-list standard map1 FTOS(config-std-nacl)# permit 224.0.0.1/24 FTOS(config-std-nacl)#exit FTOS(conf)#int gig 1/1 FTOS(config-if-gi-1/1)# ip pim ingress-interface-map map1 ip pim neighbor-filter ces Syntax Configure this feature to prevent a router from participating in protocol independent Multicast (PIM).
PAGE 1115
Command Modes Command History INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series on port-channels and S-Series ip pim register-filter ces Syntax Use this feature to prevent a PIM source DR from sending register packets to an RP for the specified multicast source and group. ip pim register-filter access-list To return to the default, use the no ip pim register-filter access-list command.
PAGE 1116
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information group-address group-address mask Enter the keyword group-address followed by a group-address mask, in dotted decimal format (/xx), to assign that group address to the RP. override Enter the keyword override to override the BSR updates with static RP. The override will take effect immediately during enable/disable. Note: This option is applicable to multicast group range. Not configured CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.
PAGE 1117
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Priority is stored at BSR router when receiving a Candidate-RP-Advertisement. ip pim snooping Enable PIM-SM snooping globally on a switch or on a VLAN interface.
PAGE 1118
www.dell.com | support.dell.com PIM-SM snooping listens to PIM hello and PIM-SM join and prune messages while maintaining the VLAN- and port-specific information in multicast packets that are snooped. To display information about the operation of PIM-SM snooping on a switch, enter the show ip pim summary command. Related Commands show ip pim snooping tib Display TIB information learned through PIM-SM snooping. ip pim sparse-mode ces Syntax Enable PIM sparse mode and IGMP on the interface.
PAGE 1119
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information seconds Enter the number of seconds the S, G entries will be retained. Range 211-86400 access-list name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a previously configured Extended ACL to enable the expiry time to specified S,G entries Disabled. The default expiry timer (with no times configured) is 210 sec. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced Version 7.
PAGE 1120
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax no ip pim snooping dr-flood To re-enable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router, enter the ip pim snooping dr-flood command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Enabled. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 1121
This system is the Bootstrap Router (v2) BSR address: 7.7.7.7 (?) Uptime: 16:59:06, BSR Priority: 0, Hash mask length: 30 Next bootstrap message in 00:00:08 This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 7.7.7.7, priority: 0, hash mask length: 30 show ip pim interface ces Syntax Command Modes View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. show ip pim interface EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 1122
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 38-1. show ip pim interface Command Example Fields Field Description DR Prio Displays the Designated Router priority value configured on the interface (ip pim dr-priority command). DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface. show ip pim neighbor ces Syntax Command Modes View PIM neighbors. show ip pim neighbor EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 1123
show ip pim rp ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings. show ip pim rp [mapping | group-address] mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example (show ip pim rp) Example (show ip pim rp mapping) Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 1124
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a VLAN ID to display information about a specified VLAN configured for PIM-SM snooping. Valid VLAN IDs: 1 to 4094. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.1 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Example FTOS#show ip pim snooping interface Interface Vlan 2 Table 38-3. Ver v2 Nbr DR Count Prio 3 1 DR 165.87.32.
PAGE 1125
Example FTOS#show ip pim snooping neighbor Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Ver DR Prio 165.87.32.2 Vl 2 [Gi 4/13 ] 00:04:03/00:01:42 v2 1 165.87.32.10 Vl 2 [Gi 4/11 ] 00:00:46/00:01:29 v2 0 165.87.32.12 Vl 2 [Gi 4/20 ] 00:00:51/00:01:24 v2 0 Address Table 38-4. show ip pim snooping neighbor Command Example Fields Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the neighbor learned through PIM-SM snooping.
PAGE 1126
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example FTOS#show ip pim snooping tib PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags: J/P - (*,G) Join/Prune, j/p - (S,G) Join/Prune SGR-P - (S,G,R) Prune Timers: Uptime/Expires * : Inherited port (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:00:01, expires 00:02:59, RP 165.87.70.1, flags: J Incoming interface: Vlan 2, RPF neighbor 0.0.0.0 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 4/11 RPF 165.87.32.2 00:00:01/00:02:59 GigabitEthernet 4/13 Upstream Port -/- FTOS#show ip pim snooping tib vlan 2 225.
PAGE 1127
Table 38-5.
PAGE 1128
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1129
PIM Multicast Routing Table Flags: D - Dense, S - Sparse, C - Connected, L - Local, P - Pruned, R - RP-bit set, F - Register flag, T - SPT-bit set, J - Join SPT, M - MSDP created entry, A - Candidate for MSDP Advertisement, K - Ack-Pending State Timers: Uptime/Expires Interface state: Interface, next-Hop, State/Mode (*, 226.1.1.1), uptime 01:29:19, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 4/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.
PAGE 1130
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 38-6. show ip pim tib Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/source. Outgoing interface list: Lists the interfaces that meet one of the following criteria: • a directly connect member of the Group. • statically configured member of the Group. • received a (*,G) Join message. show running-config pim ex Display the current configuration of PIM-SM snooping.
PAGE 1131
• • • • show ipv6 pim interface show ipv6 pim neighbor show ipv6 pim rp show ipv6 pim tib clear ipv6 pim tib Clear the IPv6 PIM multicast-routing database (tree information base—tib). e Syntax Parameters Defaults clear ipv6 pim tib [group-address] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. No default values or behavior Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 1132
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults state (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword state to view IPv6 PIM state changes. timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view IPv6 PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: • assert: to view the assertion timer. • hello: to view the IPv6 PIM neighbor keepalive timer. • joinprune: to view the expiry timer (join/prune timer) • register: to view the register suppression timer.
PAGE 1133
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
PAGE 1134
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ipv6 pim join-filter Permit or deny PIM Join/Prune messages on an interface using an access list. This command prevents the PIM-SM router from creating state based on multicast source and/or group. e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example ipv6 pim join-filter access-list access-list Enter the name of an extended access list. in Enter this keyword to apply the access list to inbound traffic.
PAGE 1135
ipv6 pim neighbor-filter Prevent the system from forming a PIM adjacency with a neighboring system. e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information ipv6 pim neighbor-filter {access-list} access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Maximum 16 characters. None CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced Do not enter this command before creating the access-list.
PAGE 1136
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax ipv6 pim rp-address address group-address group-address mask override To remove an RP address, use the no ipv6 pim re-address address group-address mask override. Parameters address Enter the IPv6 RP address in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1137
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale.
PAGE 1138
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To return to the default value, enter no ipv6 pim spt-threshold. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information kbps Enter a traffic rate in kilobytes per second. Range: 0 to 4294967 kbps Default: 10 kbps infinity Enter the keyword infinity to have all sources for the specified group use the shared tree and never join shortest path tree (SPT). 10 kbps CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1139
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Example FTOS#show ipv6 pim interface Interface Ver/ Nbr Query Mode Count Intvl DR Prio Gi 10/3 v2/S 1 30 1 Address : fe80::201:e8ff:fe02:140f DR : this router Gi 10/11 v2/S 0 30 1 Address : fe80::201:e8ff:fe02:1417 DR : this router FTOS# show ipv6 pim neighbor DisplaysIPv6 PIM neighbor information.
PAGE 1140
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes mapping (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword mapping to display the multicast groups-to-RP mapping and information on how RP is learnt. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the x:x:x:x::x format to view RP mappings for a specific group. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1141
PIM Multicast Routing Table Flags: D - Dense, S - Sparse, C - Connected, L - Local, P - Pruned, R - RP-bit set, F - Register flag, T - SPT-bit set, J - Join SPT, M - MSDP created entry, A - Candidate for MSDP Advertisement K - Ack-Pending State Timers: Uptime/Expires Interface state: Interface, next-Hop, State/Mode (25::1, ff0e::225:1:2:1), uptime 00:09:53, expires 00:00:00,flags: CJ RPF neighbor: GigabitEthernet 10/3, fe80::201:e8ff:fe00:6265 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 10/11 (25::1, ff0e::225
PAGE 1142
| PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1143
39 Port Monitoring Overview The Port Monitoring feature enables you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. The commands in this chapter are generally supported on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series, with one exception, as noted in the Command History fields and by these symbols under the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or .
PAGE 1144
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • A monitoring port can monitor any physical port in the chassis. Only one MG and one MD may be in a single port-pipe. A monitoring port can monitor more than one port. There may only be one destination port in a monitoring session. FTOS on the S-Series supports multiple source ports to be monitored by a single destination port in one monitor session. On the S-Series, one monitor session can have only one MG port.
PAGE 1145
Command History Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series To monitoring traffic with particular flows ingressing/egressing the interface, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both ingress and egress direction. Related Commands monitor session Create a monitoring session. monitor session ces Syntax Create a session for monitoring traffic with port monitoring.
PAGE 1146
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History show config No default values or behavior MONITOR SESSION (conf-mon-sess-session-ID) Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1147
show running-config monitor session ces Syntax Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session. show running-config monitor session {session-ID} To display the running configuration for all monitor sessions, use just the show running-config monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. Range: 0 to 65535 No default values or behavior EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Example Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 1148
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Usage Information 1148 | Port Monitoring interface Enter the one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1149
40 Private VLAN (PVLAN) Overview The Private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of FTOS is supported on Dell Force10 platforms as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: c C-Series, s S-Series, or . Commands • • • • • • • ip local-proxy-arp private-vlan mode private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan show interfaces private-vlan show vlan private-vlan show vlan private-vlan mapping switchport mode private-vlan Refer also to the following commands. The command output is augmented in FTOS 7.
PAGE 1150
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • A primary VLAN can have any number of community VLANs and isolated VLANs. Private VLANs block all traffic to isolated ports except traffic from promiscuous ports. Traffic received from an isolated port is forwarded only to promiscuous ports or trunk ports. Community VLAN: A community VLAN is a secondary VLAN of the primary VLAN: • • Ports in a community VLAN can talk to each other.
PAGE 1151
To disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in the INTERFACE VLAN mode for the primary VLAN. To disable Layer 3 communication in a particular secondary VLAN, use the no ip local-proxy-arp command in the INTERFACE VLAN mode for the selected secondary VLAN.
PAGE 1152
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series The VLAN: • • • Can be in only one mode, either community, isolated, or primary. Mode can be set to community or isolated even before associating it to a primary VLAN. This secondary VLAN will continue to work normally as a normal VLAN even though it is not associated to a primary VLAN. (A syslog message indicates this.
PAGE 1153
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series The list of secondary VLANs can be: • • • Related Commands Specified in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format. Specified with this command even before they have been created. Amended by specifying the new secondary VLAN to be added to the list. private-vlan mode Set the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary.
PAGE 1154
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example (specific interface) FTOS# show interfaces private-vlan Gi 2/2 Interface Vlan PVLAN-Type Interface Type Status --------- ---- ---------- -------------- -------Gi 2/2 100 Isolated Host Up The table below defines the fields in the output example above. Table 40-1.
PAGE 1155
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Example (show vlan private-vlan) Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Examples of all types of command output are shown below. The first type of output is the result of not entering an optional keyword. It displays a detailed list of all PVLANs and their member VLANs and interfaces. The other types of output show details about PVLAN subsets.
PAGE 1156
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1157
Usage Information The output of this command, shown below, displays the community and isolated VLAN IDs that are associated with each primary VLAN. FTOS# show vlan private-vlan mapping Private Vlan: Primary : 100 Isolated : 102 Community : 101 Unknown : 200 Related Commands private-vlan mode Set the mode of the selected VLAN to either community or isolated. show interfaces private-vlan Display type and status of PVLAN interfaces. show vlan private-vlan mapping Display primary-secondary VLAN mapping.
PAGE 1158
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1159
41 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) Overview The FTOS implementation of PVST+ (Per-VLAN Spanning Tree plus) is based on the IEEE 802.1d standard Spanning Tree Protocol, but it creates a separate spanning tree for each VLAN configured. PVST+ (Per-VLAN Spanning Tree plus) is supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 systems, as indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series or .
PAGE 1160
www.dell.com | support.dell.com disable ces Syntax Disable PVST+ globally. disable To enable PVST+, enter no disable. Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands PVST+ is disabled CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series protocol spanning-tree pvst Enter PVST+ mode.
PAGE 1161
extend system-id ces Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Use Extend System ID to augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN. If for some reason on VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ will then not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in forwarding state. extend system-id Disabled PROTOCOL PVST Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 1162
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1163
Defaults Command Modes Interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the interface keywords along with the slot/port information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1164
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Gi 1/17 Example (vlan) Desg 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes FTOS#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 VLAN 2 Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.e306 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of VLAN 2 Current root has priority 4096, Address 0001.e805.
PAGE 1165
Example (with EDS & PVID) FTOS#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 interface gigabitethernet 1/0 GigabitEthernet 1/0 of VLAN 2 is PVID_INC discarding Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 1, received 0 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------- -------- ---- ------- --- ------- -------------------- -------Gi 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
PAGE 1166
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information err-disable Enter the keyword err-disable to enable the port to be put into error-disable state (EDS) if an error condition occurs. vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number(s). Range: 1 to 4094 cost number Enter the keyword cost followed by the port cost value.
PAGE 1167
If shutdown-on-violation is not enabled, BPDUs will still be sent to the RPM CPU. Root guard and loop guard cannot be enabled at the same time on a port. For example, if you configure loop guard on a port on which root guard is already configured, the following error message is displayed: % Error: RootGuard is configured. Cannot configure LoopGuard. When used in a PVST+ network, loop guard is performed per-port or per-port channel at a VLAN level.
PAGE 1168
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced Some non-Dell Force10 systems which have hybrid ports participating in PVST+ transmit two kinds of BPDUs: an 802.1D BPDU and an untagged PVST+ BPDU. Dell Force10 systems do not expect PVST+ BPDU on an untagged port. If this happens, FTOS places the port in error-disable state. This behavior might result in the network not converging.
PAGE 1169
Syntax vlan vlan-range bridge-priority value To return to the default value, enter no vlan bridge-priority command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number(s). Range: 1 to 4094 bridge-priority value Enter the keyword bridge-priority followed by the bridge priority value in increments of 4096. Range: 0 to 61440 Default: 32768 32768 CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.
PAGE 1170
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Related Commands CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1171
vlan max-age ces Syntax Set the time interval for the PVST+ bridge to maintain configuration information before refreshing that information. vlan vlan-range max-age seconds To return to the default, use the no vlan max-age command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan followed by the VLAN number(s).
PAGE 1172
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1173
42 Quality of Service (QoS) Overview FTOS commands for Quality of Service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are supported on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: c C-Series, s S-Series, or Z Z-Series.
PAGE 1174
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (“port-based QoS”) allows users to defined QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis.
PAGE 1175
Parameters priority-value Enter a value from 0 to 7. dot1p Queue Number 0 2 1 0 2 1 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 For the C-Series and S-Series, enter a value 0, 2, 4, or 6 dot1p Queue Number 0 1 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 2 6 3 7 3 Defaults No default behavior or values Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1176
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults kbps Enter this keyword to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). On the E-Series, Force10 recommends using a value greater than or equal to 512 as lower values does not yield accurate results.The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). Range: 0 to 10000000 committed-rate Enter the bandwidth in Mbps Range: 0 to 10000 burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB.
PAGE 1177
rate police ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Police the incoming traffic rate on the selected interface. rate police [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peak-rate [burst-KB]] [vlan vlan-id] kbps Enter this keyword to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). On C-Series, S-Series and S4810, make the following value a multiple of 64. On the E-Series, Force10 recommends using a value greater than or equal to 512 as lower values does not yield accurate results.
PAGE 1178
www.dell.com | support.dell.com E-Series On one interface, you can configure the rate limit or rate police command for a VLAN or you can configure the rate limit or the rate police command for the interface. For each physical interface, you can configure six rate police commands specifying different VLANS. After configuring VLANs in the rate police command, if this error message appears: %Error: Specified VLANs overlap with existing config.
PAGE 1179
Usage Information Related Commands On 40-port 10G linecards, if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000kbs, for some values the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Do not use values in this range for 10G interfaces. rate-shape Shape traffic output as part of the designated policy. service-class dot1p-mapping Map the service class dot1p value to a CoS queue value.
PAGE 1180
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes All dot1p traffic is mapped to Queue 0 unless service-class dynamic dot1p is enabled. Then the default mapping is as follows: Table 42-1. Default dot1p to Queue Mapping dot1p E-Series Queue ID C-Series Queue ID S-Series Queue ID 0 2 1 0 1 0 0 0 2 1 0 0 3 3 1 1 4 4 2 2 5 5 2 3 6 6 3 3 7 7 3 3 INTERFACE CONFIGURATION (C-Series and S-Series only) Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1181
service-class bandwidth-weight cs Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues Syntax service-class bandwidth-weight queue0 number queue1 number queue2 number queue3 number Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information number Enter the bandwidth-weight. The value must be a power of 2. Range 1-1024. None CONFIGURATION Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1182
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1183
Traffic Monitor 6: normal NA peak NA Out of profile yellow 0 red 0 Traffic Monitor 7: normal NA peak NA Out of profile yellow 0 red 0 Total: yellow 23386960 red 320605113 Table 42-3.
PAGE 1184
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.5.1.0 pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Usage Information Once a unicast queue is configured as strict-priority, that particular queue, on the entire chassis, is treated as strict-priority queue. Traffic for a strict priority is scheduled before any other queues are serviced. For example, if you send 100% line rate traffic over the SP queue, it will starve all other queues on the ports on which this traffic is flowing.
PAGE 1185
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • set show cam layer2-qos show cam layer3-qos show qos class-map show qos dot1p-queue-mapping show qos policy-map show qos policy-map-input show qos policy-map-output show qos qos-policy-input show qos qos-policy-output show qos statistics show qos wred-profile test cam-usage threshold trust wred wred-profile bandwidth-percentage Assign a percentage of weight to class/queue.
PAGE 1186
www.dell.com | support.dell.com bandwidth-weight cs Assign a priority weight to a queue. Syntax bandwidth-weight weight To remove the bandwidth weight, use the no bandwidth-weight command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information weight Enter the weight assignment to queue. Range: 1 to 1024 (in increments of powers of 2: 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, or 1024) No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1187
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands class-map-name Enter a name of the class for the class map in a character format (32 character maximum). layer2 Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. Default: Layer 3 Layer 3 CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Class-map names can be 32 characters. layer2 available on C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1188
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. No default behavior or values EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1189
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands No default behavior or values CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.7.1.0 Added DSCP Marking option support on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for DSCP Marking option pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series You must enter the class-map command in order to access this command.
PAGE 1190
www.dell.com | support.dell.com match ip dscp ces Syntax Use a DSCP (Differentiated Services Code Point) value as a match criteria. match ip dscp dscp-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] To remove a DSCP value as a match criteria, enter no match ip dscp dscp-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters dscp-list Enter the IP DSCP value(s) that is to be the match criteria. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3).
PAGE 1191
match ip precedence ces Syntax Use IP precedence values as a match criteria. match ip precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] To remove IP precedence as a match criteria, enter no match ip precedence ip-precedence-list [[multicast] set-ip-dscp value] command. Parameters ip-precedence-list Enter the IP precedence value(s) as the match criteria. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3).
PAGE 1192
www.dell.com | support.dell.com match mac access-group ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Configure a match criterion for a class map, based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL. match mac access-group {mac-acl-name} mac-acl-name Enter a MAC ACL name. Its contents will be used as the match criteria in the class map. No default values or behavior class-map Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1193
Related Commands class-map Identify the class map. match mac vlan ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. match mac vlan number number Enter the VLAN ID. Range: 1 to 4094 None class-map Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.0.1 Introduced You must first enter the class-map command in order to access this command. You can match against only one VLAN ID.
PAGE 1194
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series C-Series and S-Series Aggregate input/output QoS policy applies to all the port ingoing/outgoing traffic. Aggregate input/output QoS policy can co-exist with per queue input/output QoS policies. 1. 2. If only aggregate input QoS policy exists, input traffic conditioning configurations (rate-police) will apply.
PAGE 1195
policy-map-input ces Syntax Create an input policy map. policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] To remove an input policy map, use the no policy-map-input policy-map-name [layer2] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. Default: Layer 3 Layer 3 CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1196
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Policy name character limit increased from 16 to 32. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Output policy map is used to assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy.
PAGE 1197
When changing a “service-queue” configuration in a QoS policy map, all QoS rules are deleted and re-added automatically to ensure that the order of the rules is maintained. As a result, the Matched Packets value shown in the “show qos statistics” command is reset. Note: On ExaScale, FTOS cannot classify IGMP packets on a Layer 2 interface using Layer 3 policy map. The packets always take the default queue, Queue 0, and cannot be rate-policed.
PAGE 1198
www.dell.com | support.dell.com queue backplane ignore-backpressure e Syntax Reduce egress pressure by ignoring the ingress backpressure queue backplane ignore-backpressure To return to the default, use the no queue backplane ignore-backpressure command. Defaults Command Modes Command History No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1199
Usage Information This command does not uniquely identify a queue, but rather identifies only a set of queues. The WRED curve is applied to all eight egress Multicast queues. Important Points to Remember — multicast-bandwidth option • • • • • • Related Commands A unique Multicast Weighted Fair Queuing (WFQ) setting can be applied only on a per port-pipe basis. The minimum percentage of the multicast bandwidth assigned to any of the ports in the port-pipe will take effect for the entire port-pipe.
PAGE 1200
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION Version 7.4.1.0 and 6.5.3.0 Introduced on E-Series This command does not uniquely identify a queue, but rather identifies only a set of queues. The WRED Curve is applied to all eight ingress Multicast queues. Note: The multicast-bandwidth option is not supported on queue ingress.
PAGE 1201
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Related Commands rate limit Specify rate-limit functionality on the selected interface. qos-policy-output Create a QoS output policy. rate-police ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Specify the policing functionality on incoming traffic.
PAGE 1202
www.dell.com | support.dell.com rate-shape ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Shape traffic output as part of the designated policy. rate-shape [kbps] rate [burst-KB] kbps Enter this keyword to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). On C-Series and S-Series make the following value a multiple of 64. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). Range: 0-10000000 rate Enter the outgoing rate in multiples of 10 Mbps.
PAGE 1203
Parameters Command Mode dot1p0 value ... dot1p7 value Enter a dot1p list number and value List number Range: 0 to 7 Range: 0 to 33 INTERFACE service-policy input ces Syntax Apply an input policy map to the selected interface. service-policy input policy-map-name [layer2] To remove the input policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy input policy-map-name [layer2] command.
PAGE 1204
www.dell.com | support.dell.com service-policy output ces Syntax Apply an output policy map to the selected interface. service-policy output policy-map-name To remove the output policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy output policy-map-name command. Parameters Defaults policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (16 characters maximum). You can identify an existing policy map or name one that does not yet exist.
PAGE 1205
(OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword class-map followed by the class map name assigned to the queue in character format (16 character maximum). class-map class-map-name Note: This option is available under policy-map-input only. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword qos-policy followed by the QoS policy name assigned to the queue in text format (16 characters maximum). This specifies the input QoS policy assigned to the queue under policy-map-input and output QoS policy under policy-map-output context.
PAGE 1206
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 mac-dot1p available on the C-Series and S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for mac-dot1p pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series C-Series and S-Series Once the IP DSCP bit is set, other QoS services can then operate on the bit settings.
PAGE 1207
Example (interface) FTOS#show cam layer2-qos interface gigabitethernet 2/0 Cam Port Dot1p Proto SrcMac SrcMask DstMac DstMask Dot1p DSCP Queue Index Marking Marking -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------01817 0 0 00:00:00:00:cc:cc 00:00:00:00:ff:ff 00:00:00:00:dd:dd 00:00:00:00:ff:ff 7 01818 0 0 00:00:00:00:00:c0 00:00:00:00:00:f0 00:00:00:00:00:d0 00:00:00:00:00:f0 45 5 01819 0 4 0 00:00:00:a0:00:00 00:00:00:ff:00:00
PAGE 1208
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Cam Port Dscp Proto Tcp Src Dst SrcIp DstIp DSCP Queue Index Flag Port Port Marking -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------23488 1 0 0 0x0 0 0 0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0/0 TRUST-DSCP FTOS# In these output examples, note that: • • • Example (linecard port-set) The entry TRUST-DSCP in the Queue column indicates that the trust diffserv is configured on the policy-map.
PAGE 1209
EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Example FTOS#show qos class-map Class-map match-any CM Match ip access-group ACL Related Commands class-map Identify the class map show qos dot1p-queue-mapping Displays the dot1p priority to queue mapping on the switch.
PAGE 1210
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes summary interface To view a policy map interface summary, enter the keyword summary and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1211
Policy-map-input pmap1 Trust ipv6-diffserv Queue# Class-map-name 0 c0 1 c1 2 c2 3 c3 4 c4 5 c5 6 c6 7 c7 FTOS# Example (summary IPv4) Qos-policy-name q0 q1 q2 q3 q4 q6 q7 FTOS#sho qos policy-map summary Interface Gi 4/1 Gi 4/2 FTOS# policy-map-input PM1 PM2 PMOut policy-map-output - show qos policy-map-input ces Syntax View the input QoS policy map details.
PAGE 1212
www.dell.com | support.dell.com FTOS# Example (IPv6) FTOS# show qos policy-map-input Policy-map-input pmap1 Trust ipv6-diffserv Queue# Class-map-name 0 c0 1 c1 2 c2 3 c3 4 c4 5 c5 6 c6 7 c7 FTOS# Qos-policy-name q0 q1 q2 q3 q4 q6 q7 show qos policy-map-output ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes View the output QoS policy map details. show qos policy-map-output [policy-map-name] [qos-policy-output qos-policy-name] policy-map-name Enter the policy map name.
PAGE 1213
Parameters Defaults Command Modes qos-policy-name Enter the QoS policy name. No default behavior or values EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1214
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show qos statistics ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes View QoS statistics. show qos statistics {wred-profile [interface]} | [interface] wred-profile interface Platform—E-Series Only: Enter the keyword wred-profile and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1215
Usage Information The show qos statistics command can be used on the C-Series, but the wred-profile keyword must be omitted in the syntax. The show qos statistics output differs from the ED and EE series line cards and the EF series line cards. The QoS statistics for the EF series generates two extra columns, Queued Pkts and Dropped Pkts, Example 2. Note: The show qos statistics command displays Matched Packets and Matched Bytes.
PAGE 1216
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1883725 1883725 1883725 1883725 1883725 1883724 1883720 1883720 1883725000 1883725000 1883725000 1883725000 1883725000 1883724000 1883720000 1883720000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 FTOS# Table 42-5. show qos statistics Command Example Fields (EF Series) Field Description Queue # Queue Number Queued Bytes Cumulative byte count in that queue Queued Pkts Cumulative packet count in that queue.
PAGE 1217
Table 42-6. Related Commands show qos statistics wred-profile Command Example Fields (ED, EE, and EF Series) Field Description Queue # Queue Number Drop-statistic Drop statistics for green, yellow and out-of-profile packets WRED-name WRED profile name Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped for green, yellow and out-of-profile clear qos statistics Clears counters as shown in show qos statistics show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details.
PAGE 1218
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter the policy map name. policy-map linecard number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword linecard followed by the line card slot number. port-set portpipe number Enter the keyword port-set followed by the line card’s port pipe number. Range: 0 or 1 linecard all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords linecard all to indicate all line cards. No default values or behavior EXEC Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1219
Table 42-7. test cam-usage Command Example Fields Field Description Estimated CAM per Port Indicates the number of free CAM entries required (for the classification rules) to apply the input policy map on a single interface. Note: The CAM entries for the default rule are not included in this column; a CAM entry for the default rule is always dedicated to a port and is always available for that interface.
PAGE 1220
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Use this command to configure minimum and maximum threshold values for user defined profiles. Additionally, use this command to modify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the pre-defined WRED profiles. If you delete threshold values of the pre-defined WRED profiles, the profiles will revert to their original default values. Table 42-8.
PAGE 1221
The trust diffserv feature is not supported on E-Series ExaScale when an IPv6 microcode is enabled. Dynamic mapping honors packets marked according to the standard definitions of DSCP. The default mapping table is detailed in the following table. Table 42-9.
PAGE 1222
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Profile name character limit increased from 16 to 32. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Usage Information Use this command to assign drop precedence to green or yellow traffic. If there is no honoring enabled on the input, all the traffic defaults to green drop precedence.
PAGE 1223
Queue-Level Debugging Queue-Level Debugging is an E-Series-only feature, as indicated by the e character that appears below each command heading. The following queuing statistics are available on TeraScale versions of E-Series systems. • • • • clear queue statistics egress clear queue statistics ingress show queue statistics egress show queue statistics ingress clear queue statistics egress e Syntax Parameters Clear egress queue statistics.
PAGE 1224
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show queue statistics egress Display egress queue statistics show queue statistics ingress Display ingress queue statistics clear queue statistics ingress e Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Clear ingress queue statistics. clear queue statistics ingress [unicast [src-card ID [dst-card ID]] | [multicast] [src-card ID]] unicast [src-card ID [dst-card ID]] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword unicast to clear Unicast queue statistics.
PAGE 1225
Parameters Defaults Command Modes unicast | multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword multicast to display only Multicast queue statistics. Enter the keyword unicast to display only Unicast queue statistics. Default: Both Unicast and Multicast queue statistics are displayed. Interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific queue statistics. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1226
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1227
Packet Type Green Yellow Out of Profile Min KB 2048 1024 Max KB 4096 2048 Dropped packets 0 0 0 Linecard 7 port pipe 1, multicast Packet Type Green Yellow Out of Profile FTOS# Table 42-12.
PAGE 1228
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 42-13. Related Commands show queue statistics egress brief Command Fields Field Description LC Line Card Portpipe Portpipe number Port Port Queue. Where M is Multicast queue Dropped Pkts The number of packets dropped for green, yellow and out-of-profile clear queue statistics egress Clear egress queue statistics. clear queue statistics ingress Clear ingress queue statistics.
PAGE 1229
The display area is limited to 80 spaces to accommodate the screen and for optimal readability. Numbers, that is values, are limited to 12 characters. The conventions are detailed in the following table. Table 42-14.
PAGE 1230
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 1 Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 Table 42-15.
PAGE 1231
Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of 3 4 5 6 7 Profile 4096 3276 4096 3276 4096 3276 4096 3276 4096 3276 4096 3276 4096 3276 4096 3276 4096 3276 4096 3276 Profile Profile Profile Profile Profile 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Linecard 7 port pipe 1, multicast SF Ingress Queue# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Packet Type Min KB Max KB Dropped packets Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yellow Out of Green Yello
PAGE 1232
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Dest LC 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 RPM RPM Multicast Multicast Src Port set 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 Dest Port set 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Dropped packets 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 100 0 0 FTOS# Table 42-17.
PAGE 1233
43 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Overview Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is a Distance Vector routing protocol. FTOS supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or . Note: The C-Series platform supports RIP with FTOS version 7.6.1.0 and later. The S-Series platform supports RIP with FTOS version 7.8.1.0 and later. Prior to 7.6.1.
PAGE 1234
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • • • • • network offset-list output-delay passive-interface redistribute redistribute isis redistribute ospf router rip show config show ip rip database show running-config rip timers basic version auto-summary ces Syntax Restore the default behavior of automatic summarization of subnet routes into network routes. This command applies only to RIP version 2. auto-summary To send sub-prefix routing information, enter no auto-summary. Default Enabled.
PAGE 1235
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series This command triggers updates of the main RIP routing tables. debug ip rip ces Syntax Examine RIP routing information for troubleshooting. debug ip rip [interface | database | events [interface] | packet [interface] | trigger] To turn off debugging output, use the no debug ip rip command.
PAGE 1236
www.dell.com | support.dell.com default-information originate ces Syntax Generate a default route for the RIP traffic. default-information originate [always] [metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, enter no default-information originate. Parameters Defaults always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route.
PAGE 1237
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Usage Information Related Commands This command ensures that route information being redistributed is converted to the same metric value. redistribute Allows you to redistribute routes learned by other methods.
PAGE 1238
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults weight Enter a number from 1 to 255 for the weight (for prioritization). The default is 120. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D), of the host or network to receive the new distance metric. mask If you enter an IP address, you must also enter a mask for that IP address, in either dotted decimal format or /prefix format (/x) prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a configured prefix list name.
PAGE 1239
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Related Commands ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. distribute-list out ces Syntax Configure a filter for outgoing routing updates.
PAGE 1240
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. ip poison-reverse ces Syntax Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value.
PAGE 1241
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series If you want the interface to receive both versions of RIP, enter ip rip receive version 1 2. ip rip send version Sets the RIP version to be used for sending RIP traffic on an interface. version Sets the RIP version to be used for the switch software.
PAGE 1242
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax ip split-horizon To disable split-horizon, enter no ip split-horizon. Defaults Command Modes Enabled INTERFACE Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series ip poison-reverse Set the prefix for RIP routing updates. maximum-paths ces Syntax Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths.
PAGE 1243
Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters Defaults ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1244
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information RIP operates over interfaces configured with any address specified by the network command. offset-list ces Syntax Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned via RIP. offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command.
PAGE 1245
Related Commands ip prefix-list Enter the PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. output-delay ces Syntax Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor. output-delay delay To return to the switch software defaults for interpacket delay, enter no output-delay. Parameters Default delay Specify a number of milliseconds as the delay interval. Range: 8 to 50 Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1246
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults interface Enter the following information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword port-channel followed by a number: C-Series and S-Series Range: 1-128 E-Series Range: 1 to 255 for TeraScale and 1 to 512 for ExaScale. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1247
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Usage Information Related Commands To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. default-information originate Generate a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance.
PAGE 1248
www.dell.com | support.dell.com redistribute ospf ces Syntax Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, enter no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters process-id Enter a number that corresponds to the OSPF process ID to be redistributed. Range: 1 to 65355.
PAGE 1249
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series To enable RIP, you must assign a network address using the network command. Example FTOS(conf)#router rip FTOS(conf-router_rip)# Related Commands network Enable RIP. exit Return to the CONFIGURATION mode. show config ces Syntax Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration.
PAGE 1250
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Example FTOS#show ip rip database Total number of routes in RIP database: 1624 204.250.54.0/24 [50/1] via 192.14.1.3, 00:00:12, GigabitEthernet 9/15 204.250.54.0/24 auto-summary 203.250.49.0/24 [50/1] via 192.13.1.3, 00:00:12, GigabitEthernet 9/14 203.250.49.
PAGE 1251
! router rip distribute-list Test1 in distribute-list Test21 out network 10.0.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 2/0 neighbor 20.20.20.20 redistribute ospf 999 version 2 Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on E-Series timers basic ces Syntax Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times and flush time.
PAGE 1252
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series If the timers on one router are changed, the timers on all routers in the RIP domain must also be synchronized. version ces Syntax Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, enter no version.
PAGE 1253
44 Remote Monitoring (RMON) Overview FTOS RMON is implemented on all Dell Force10 switching platforms as indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or Z Z-Series. FTOS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring, and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1254
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • • rmon event rmon hc-alarm show rmon show rmon alarms show rmon events show rmon hc-alarm show rmon history show rmon log show rmon statistics rmon alarm cesz Syntax Set an alarm on any MIB object. rmon alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon alarm number command.
PAGE 1255
falling-threshold value event-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner followed by the owner name to specify an owner for the alarm. This is the alarmOwner object in the alarmTable of the RMON MIB. owner string Default Command Modes Command History Enter the keyword falling-threshold followed by the value (32bit) the falling-threshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the falling threshold exceeds its limit.
PAGE 1256
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (config-if) Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series rmon collection statistics cesz Syntax Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1257
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History number Assign an event number in integer format from 1 to 65535. The number value must be unique in the RMON Event Table. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to generate an RMON log entry. The log entry is triggered and sets the eventType in the RMON MIB to log or log-and-trap. Default: No log trap community (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trap followed by an SNMP community string to configure the eventType setting in the RMON MIB.
PAGE 1258
www.dell.com | support.dell.com absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON Alarm table. rising-threshold value Enter the keyword rising-threshold followed by the value (64 bit) the rising-threshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the rising threshold exceeds its limit. This value is the same as the alarmRisingEventIndex or alarmTable of the RMON MIB.
PAGE 1259
total memory used 218840 bytes. ether statistics table: 8 entries, 4608 bytes ether history table: 8 entries, 6000 bytes alarm table: 390 entries, 102960 bytes high-capacity alarm table: 5 entries, 1680 bytes event table: 500 entries, 206000 bytes log table: 2 entries, 552 bytes FTOS# show rmon alarms cesz Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Display the contents of the RMON Alarm Table.
PAGE 1260
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 FTOS# 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 show rmon events cesz Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History 1260 | Display the contents of RMON Event Table.
PAGE 1261
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 FTOS# 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 show rmon hc-alarm cesz Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity Alarm Table. show rmon hc-alarm [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity Alarm Table in an easy-to-read format. No default behavior EXEC Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1262
www.dell.com | support.dell.com object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample interval: 5 sample type: absolute value. value: 185638 alarm type: rising or falling alarm. alarm rising threshold value: positive. rising threshold: 1001, RMON event index: 1 alarm falling threshold value: positive. falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times. alarm owner: 1 alarm storage type: non-volatile.
PAGE 1263
9004 FTOS# 134791198 GigabitEthernet 3/1 show rmon log cesz Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Display the contents of RMON Log Table. show rmon log [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the log index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Log Table in an easy-to-read format. No default behavior EXEC Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1264
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 1264 Defaults Command Modes Command History | No default behavior EXEC Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Example (index) FTOS#show rmon statistics 6001 RMON statistics entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
PAGE 1265
9001 9002 9003 9004 FTOS# 134529054 134529054 134791198 134791198 GigabitEthernet GigabitEthernet GigabitEthernet GigabitEthernet 3/0 3/0 3/1 3/1 Remote Monitoring (RMON) | 1265
PAGE 1266
| Remote Monitoring (RMON) www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1267
45 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) Overview The FTOS implementation of RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged LAN that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. RSTP is supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 systems, as indicated by the characters that appear below each command heading: C-Series: c, E-Series: e, S-Series: s, or .
PAGE 1268
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To return to the default value, enter no bridge-priority. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value in increments of 4096. Range: 0 to 61440 Default: 32768 32768 CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1269
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu interface {in | out} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug Bridge Protocol Data Units. (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface keyword along with the type slot/port of the interface you want displayed. Type slot/port options are the following: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1270
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History Related Commands SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced protocol spanning-tree rstp Enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable ces Syntax Disable RSTP globally on the system. disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, enter no disable. Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands RSTP is disabled CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1271
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced for E-Series hello-time Change the time interval between BPDUs. max-age Change the wait time before RSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time ces Syntax Set the time interval between generation of RSTP Data Units (BPDUs).
PAGE 1272
www.dell.com | support.dell.com max-age ces Syntax Set the time interval for the RSTP bridge to maintain configuration information before refreshing that information. max-age seconds To return to the default values, enter no max-age. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands max-age Enter a number of seconds the FTOS waits before refreshing configuration information. Range: 6 to 40 seconds Default: 20 seconds 20 seconds CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1273
Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter the RSTP mode. To enable RSTP globally on the system, enter no disable from the RSTP mode. Related Commands disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. show config ces Syntax Command Modes Command History View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed. show config CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1274
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example (brief) Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Version 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced for E-Series FTOS#show spanning-tree rstp brief Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 8192, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 4, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 16384, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1275
Designated port id is 128.257, designated path cost 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU : sent 27, received 9 The port is not in the Edge port mode Example (guard) FTOS#show spanning-tree rstp guard Interface Name Instance Sts --------- ---------------Gi 0/1 0 INCON(Root) Gi 0/2 0 FWD Gi 0/3 0 BLK Table 45-1.
PAGE 1276
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information shutdown-on-vi olation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. priority priority Enter keyword priority followed by a value in increments of 16 as the priority.
PAGE 1277
• Example If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a loop-inconsistent blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. FTOS(conf)#interface gigabitethernet 4/0 FTOS(conf-if-gi-4/0)#spanning-tree rstp edge-port FTOS(conf-if-gi-4/0)#show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 4/0 no ip address switchport spanning-tree rstp edge-port no shutdown FTOS# tc-flush-standard ces Syntax Enable the MAC address flushing upon receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1278
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1279
46 Security Overview Except for the Trace List feature (E-Series only), most of the commands in this chapter are available on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or .
PAGE 1280
www.dell.com | support.dell.com As with authentication and authorization, you must configure AAA Accounting by defining named list of accounting methods, and then apply that list to various interfaces. The commands are: • • • • aaa accounting aaa accounting suppress accounting show accounting aaa accounting ces Syntax Enable AAA Accounting and create a record for monitoring the accounting function.
PAGE 1281
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Example FTOS(conf)# aaa accounting exec default start-stop tacacs+ FTOS(conf)# aaa accounting command 15 default start-stop tacacs+ FTOS (config)# Usage Information In the example above, TACACS+ accounting is used to track all usage of EXEC command and commands on privilege level 15. Privilege level 15 is the default. If you want to track usage at privilege level 1, for example, use aaa accounting command 1.
PAGE 1282
www.dell.com | support.dell.com accounting ces Syntax Parameters Apply an accounting method list to terminal lines. accounting {exec | commands level} method-list exec Enter this keyword to apply an EXEC level accounting method list. commands level Enter this keyword to apply an EXEC and CONFIGURATION level accounting method list. method-list Enter a method list that you defined using the command aaa accounting exec or aaa accounting commands.
PAGE 1283
Usage Information This command steps through all active sessions and then displays the accounting records for the active account functions.
PAGE 1284
www.dell.com | support.dell.com aaa authorization commands ces Syntax Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands aaa authorization commands level {name | default} {local || tacacs+ || none} Undo a configuration with the no aaa authorization commands level {name | default} {local || || none} command syntax.
PAGE 1285
Usage Information By default, the command aaa authorization commands configures the system to check both EXEC level and CONFIGURATION level commands. Use the command no aaa authorization config-commands to enable only EXEC-level command checking. aaa authorization exec ces Syntax Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC-level commands.
PAGE 1286
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information mode Enter one of the following keywords as the mode for which you are controlling access: • configure for the CONFIGURATION mode • exec for the EXEC mode • interface for the INTERFACE modes • line for the LINE mode • route-map for the ROUTE-MAP • router for the ROUTER OSPF, ROUTER RIP, ROUTER ISIS and ROUTER BGP modes. level level Enter the keyword level followed by a number for the access level.
PAGE 1287
Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1288
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters default Enter the keyword default followed by the authentication methods to use as the default sequence of methods to be used for the Enable log-in. Default: default enable method-list-name Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) to name the list of enabled authentication methods activated at log in. method Enter one of the following methods: • enable - use the password defined by the enable password command in the CONFIGURATION mode.
PAGE 1289
aaa authentication login ces Syntax Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to the EXEC mode (Enable log-in). aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} method [... method4] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} command. Parameters method-list-name Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines.
PAGE 1290
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Methods configured with the aaa authentication login command are evaluated in the order they are configured. If users encounter an error with the first method listed, FTOS applies the next method configured. If users fail the first method listed, no other methods are applied. The only exception is the local method. If the user’s name is not listed in the local database, the next method is applied.
PAGE 1291
Related Commands line Apply an authentication method list to designated terminal lines. ip access-list standard Name (or select) a standard access list to filter based on IP address. ip access-list extended Name (or select) an extended access list based on IP addresses or protocols. enable password ces Syntax Change the password for the enable command.
PAGE 1292
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, you must use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression. For example, to create the password abcd]e, you type “abcd CNTL v ]e”. When the password is created, you do not use the CNTL + v key combination and enter “abcd]e”. Note: The question mark (?) and the tilde (~) are not supported characters.
PAGE 1293
To delete a password, use the no enable secret [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level followed by a number as the level of access. Range: 1 to 15 encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 5 followed by a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Force10 router.
PAGE 1294
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To use the local user/password database for login authentication, enter no login authentication. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands method-list-name Enter the method-list-name to specify that method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, to be applied to the designated terminal line.
PAGE 1295
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series FTOS prompts users for these passwords when the method for authentication or authorization used is “line.” enable password Set the password for the enable command. login authentication Configure an authentication method to log in to the switch.
PAGE 1296
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands numeric number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword numeric followed the numeric number. Range: 0 - 31 special-char number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword special-char followed the number of special characters permitted. Range: 0 - 31 No default values or behavior CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1297
To view passwords, use the show running-config command. show privilege ces Syntax Command Modes View your access level. show privilege EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1298
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example FTOS#show user * Line User Host(s) 0 console 0 admin idle 3 vty 1 admin idle Location 172.31.1.4 FTOS# Table 1 describes the information in the show users command example. Table 1 show users Command Example Fields Related Commands Field Description (untitled) Indicates with am asterisk (*) which terminal line you are using. Line Displays the terminal lines currently in use. User Displays the user name of all users logged in.
PAGE 1299
Usage Information The software measures the period of inactivity defined in this command as the period between consecutive keystrokes. For example, if your password is “password” you can enter “p” and wait 29 seconds to enter the next letter. username ces Syntax Establish an authentication system based on user names.
PAGE 1300
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Related Commands To view the defined user names, use the show running-config user command. password Specify a password for users on terminal lines. show running-config View the current configuration. RADIUS Commands The RADIUS commands supported by FTOS.
PAGE 1301
ip radius source-interface ces Syntax Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, enter no ip radius source-interface. Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1302
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped. Range: 0 to 2147483647 seconds. Default: 0 seconds. 0 seconds CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1303
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information timeout seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timeout followed by the seconds the time interval the switch waits for a reply from the RADIUS server. This parameter overwrites the radius-server timeout command. Range: 0 to 1000 Default: 5 seconds key [encryption-type] key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key followed by an optional encryption-type and a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key.
PAGE 1304
www.dell.com | support.dell.com radius-server key ces Syntax Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server. radius-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a password, enter no radius-server key. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered.
PAGE 1305
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands retries Enter a number of attempts that FTOS tries to locate a RADIUS server. Range: zero (0) to 100. Default: 3 retries. 3 retries CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series radius-server host Configure a RADIUS host.
PAGE 1306
www.dell.com | support.dell.com TACACS+ Commands FTOS supports TACACS+ as an alternate method for login authentication. • • • • debug tacacs+ ip tacacs source-interface tacacs-server host tacacs-server key debug tacacs+ ces Syntax View TACACS+ transactions to assist with troubleshooting. debug tacacs+ To disable debugging of TACACS+, enter no debug tacacs+. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled. EXEC Privilege Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1307
Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16838. • For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0.
PAGE 1308
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information timeout seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timeout followed by the number of seconds the switch waits for a reply from the TACACS+ server. Range: 0 to 1000 Default: 10 seconds key key (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key followed by a string up to 42 characters long as the authentication key. This authentication key must match the key specified in the tacacs-server key for the TACACS+ daemon.
PAGE 1309
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden. key Enter a text string, up to 42 characters long, as the clear text password. Leading spaces are ignored. Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1310
www.dell.com | support.dell.com An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only EAPOL (Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. Once authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. FTOS supports RADIUS and Active Directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 1311
Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface dot1x authentication (Interface) ces Syntax Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 1312
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. Range: 1 to 4094 max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. Range: 1 to 5 Default: 3 3 attempts CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series and S-Series If the host responds to 802.
PAGE 1313
dot1x guest-vlan ces Syntax Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. Range: 1 to 4094 Not configured CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series 802.
PAGE 1314
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information [no] dot1x mac-auth-bypass Disabled INTERFACE Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command. dot1x max-eap-req ces Syntax Configure the maximum number of times an EAP (Extensive Authentication Protocol) request is transmitted before the session times out.
PAGE 1315
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information force-authorized Enter the keyword force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. force-unauthorized Enter the keyword force-unauthorized to forcibly de-authorize a port. No default behavior or values INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1316
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands (Optional) Enter the keyword interval followed by the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication will be initiated. Range: 1 to 31536000 (1 year) Default: 3600 (1 hour) interval seconds 3600 seconds (1 hour) INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1317
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. Range: 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. Default: 30 30 seconds INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series dot1x supplicant-timeout ces Syntax Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time out.
PAGE 1318
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History 30 seconds INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series show dot1x interface ces Syntax Parameters Display the 802.1X information on an interface.
PAGE 1319
Example FTOS#show dot1x int Gi 2/32 802.
PAGE 1320
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • ip ssh rsa-authentication (EXEC) ip ssh server show crypto show ip ssh show ip ssh client-pub-keys show ip ssh rsa-authentication ssh crypto key generate ces Generate keys for the SSH server. Note: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, please contact your Dell Force10 representative.
PAGE 1321
Usage Information The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server. If the keys are not found when the server is enabled (ip ssh server enable), the keys are automatically generated. This command requires user interaction and will generate a prompt prior to overwriting any existing host keys. Note: Only a user with superuser permissions should generate host-keys. Related Commands ip ssh server Enable the SSH server.
PAGE 1322
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To return to the default setting, enter no ip scp topdir command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information directory Enter a directory name. The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1323
ip ssh connection-rate-limit ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Configure the maximum number of incoming SSH connections per minute. ip ssh connection-rate-limit 1-10 1-10 Enter the number of maximum number of incoming SSH connections allowed per minute. Range: 1 to 10 per minute Default: 10 per minute 10 per minute CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1324
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • checking client host-keys is done with the file specified in the ip ssh pub-key-file command If no ip ssh rsa-authentication enable is executed, host-based authentication is disabled. Note: Administrators must specify the two files (rhosts and pub-key-file) to configure host-based authentication. Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file Public keys of trusted hosts from a file. ip ssh rhostsfile Trusted hosts and users for rhost authentication.
PAGE 1325
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information enabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series With password authentication enabled, users can authenticate using local, RADIUS, or TACACS+ password fallback order as configured.
PAGE 1326
www.dell.com | support.dell.com poclab4,123.12.1.123 ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAox/ QQp8xYhzOxn07yh4VGPAoUfgKoieTHO9G4sNV+ui+DWEc3cgYAcU5Lai1MU2ODrzh CwyDNp05tKBU3tReG1o8AxLi6+S4hyEMqHzkzBFNVqHzpQc+Rs4p2urzV0F4pRKnaX dHf3Lk4D460HZRhhVrxqeNxPDpEnWIMPJi0ds= ashwani@poclab4 Note: For rhostfile and pub-key-file, the administrator must FTP the file to the chassis. Related Commands show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client-public keys used for the host-based authentication.
PAGE 1327
ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) ces Syntax Enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. ip ssh rsa-authentication enable To disable RSA authentication, use the no ip ssh rsa-authentication enable command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands enable Enter the keyword enable to enable RSA authentication for the SSHv2 server. RSA authentication is disabled by default CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1328
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information If you want to log in without being prompted for a password, log in through RSA authentication. To do that, you must first add the SSHv2 RSA public keys to the list of authorized keys. This command adds the specified RSA keys to the following file: flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/authorized-keys-username (where username is the user associated with this terminal).
PAGE 1329
Example FTOS# conf FTOS(conf)# ip ssh server port 45 FTOS(conf)# ip ssh server enable FTOS# Related Commands show ip ssh Display the ssh information show crypto ces Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. Note: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, please contact your Dell Force10 representative. Syntax Parameters show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key.
PAGE 1330
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands crypto key generate Generate SSH keys. show ip ssh ces Display information about established SSH sessions. Note: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, please contact your Dell Force10 representative. Syntax Command Modes show ip ssh EXEC EXEC Privilege Example Related Commands FTOS#sh ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v1 and v2. Password Authentication : enabled.
PAGE 1331
Example FTOS#show ip ssh client-pub-keys poclab4,123.12.1.
PAGE 1332
www.dell.com | support.dell.com ssh ces Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname, username, port number and version of the SSH client. FTOS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface. Note: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, please contact your Dell Force10 representative.
PAGE 1333
Example Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support; Introduced for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series FTOS#ssh 10.11.8.12 ? -c Encryption cipher to use (for v2 clients only) -l User name option -m HMAC algorithm to use (for v2 clients only) -p SSH server port option (default 22) -v SSH protocol version FTOS#ssh 10.11.8.12 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher FTOS#ssh 10.11.8.
PAGE 1334
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Trace List Commands IP trace lists create an Access Control List (ACLs) to trace all traffic into the E-Series switch. This feature is useful for tracing Denial of Service (DOS) attacks. Note: For other Access Control List commands, the chapter Chapter 7, Access Control Lists (ACL).
PAGE 1335
• Parameters Defaults Command Modes Related Commands Use the no deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list will deny all IP protocols. ip-protocol-number Enter a number from 0 to 255 to deny based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1336
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Related Commands source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address.
PAGE 1337
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Defaults Command Modes Related Commands Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x).
PAGE 1338
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Usage Information trace-list-name Enter the name of a configured trace list. Not enabled. CONFIGURATION You can assign one Trace list to the chassis. If there are unresolved next-hops and a Trace-list is enabled, there is a possibility that the traffic hitting the CPU will not be rate-limited. Related Commands ip trace-list Configure a trace list ACL.
PAGE 1339
• Parameters Defaults Command Modes Related Commands Use the no deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list will permit all IP protocols. ip-protocol-number Enter a number from 0 to 255 to permit based on the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1340
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Related Commands source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address to specify a host IP address.
PAGE 1341
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Defaults Command Modes Related Commands Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number or Use the no permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x).
PAGE 1342
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax 1342 seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {ip-protocol-number | ip | tcp | udp} {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [operator port [port]] [precedence precedence] [tos tos-value] [count [byte] | log] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters | Security sequence-number Enter a number from 0 to 65535. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.
PAGE 1343
Defaults Command Modes count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count only bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to have the information kept in a Trace-list log file. Not configured. TRACE LIST Command History Related Commands Version 7.4.1.0 Deprecated established keyword — not supported on TeraScale line cards. deny Configure a filter to drop packets.
PAGE 1344
www.dell.com | support.dell.com EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series Example FTOS#show ip accounting trace-list suzanne Trace List suzanne seq 5 deny ip any any count (0x00 packets) seq 10 permit tcp 10.1.1.0 /24 any count bytes (0x00 bytes) FTOS# Secure DHCP Commands DHCP as defined by RFC 2131 provides no authentication or security mechanisms.
PAGE 1345
ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. cs Syntax Parameters Command Modes Default Command History ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. CONFIGURATION Disabled Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally.
PAGE 1346
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Default Command History None Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. cs Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac followed by the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address.
PAGE 1347
ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. cs Syntax Command Modes ip dhcp snooping database renew EXEC EXEC Privilege Default Command History None Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. cs Syntax Command Modes Default Command History [no] ip dhcp snooping trust INTERFACE Untrusted Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1348
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Parameters Command Modes Default Command History Usage Information Related Commands [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. CONFIGURATION Disabled Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series When enabled the system begins creating entries in the binding table for the specified VLAN(s). Note that learning only happens if there is a trusted port in the VLAN.
PAGE 1349
47 Service Provider Bridging Overview Service Provider Bridging is composed of VLAN Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the FTOS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes CLI information for FTOS Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1350
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • The default behavior is to disable protocol packet tunneling through the 802.1q tunnel. Rate-limiting is required to protect against BPDU attacks. A port channel (including through LACP) can be configured as a VLAN-Stack access or trunk port. ARP packets work as expected across the tunnel. FEFD works the same as with Layer 2 links.
PAGE 1351
Command History Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series and E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced protocol-tunnel ces Syntax Enable protocol tunneling on a stacked (Q-in-Q) VLAN for specified protocol packets.
PAGE 1352
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1353
Usage Information FTOS must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT. protocol-tunnel rate-limit ces Syntax Enable traffic rate limiting per box. protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate To reset the rate limit to the default, use the no protocol-tunnel rate-limit rate command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History rate 75 Frames per second CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1354
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series and E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Example FTOS#show protocol-tunnel System Rate-Limit: 75 frames/second VLAN Protocols Interface 1000 STP,PVST Gi 5/7,Gi 5/6 1001 LLDP,GVRP Gi 5/7,Gi 5/6 1002 MMRP,MVRP Gi 5/7,Gi 5/6 1003 LACP,DOT1X Gi 5/7,Gi 5/6 1004 OAM,PAUSE Gi 5/7,Gi 5/6 1005 E-LMI Gi 5/7,Gi 5/6 Example (specific VLAN) Related Commands 1354 Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1355
48 sFlow Overview sFlow commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 platforms as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or . FTOS sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector.
PAGE 1356
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • The destination VLAN field in the extended switch element will not be packed in case of a multicast packet.
PAGE 1357
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information number (OPTIONAL) Enter the UDP port number (User Datagram Protocol). Range: 0 to 65535 Default: 6343 max-datagram-size number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword max-datagram-size followed by the size number in bytes. Range: 400 to 1500 Default: 1400 Not configured CONFIGURATION Version 8.4.2.3 Support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents was added on the E-series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 1358
www.dell.com | support.dell.com sflow enable (Global) ces Syntax Enable sFlow globally. sflow enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Disabled. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduces on S-Series Stacking Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1359
Usage Information When sFlow is enabled on an interface, flow sampling is done on any traffic going out of the interface. Note: After a physical port is a member of a LAG, it inherits the sFlow configuration from the LAG port. Related Commands sflow enable (Global) Turn sFlow on globally sflow extended-gateway enable e Syntax Enable packing information on an extended gateway.
PAGE 1360
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands show sflow Display the sFlow configuration sflow extended-router enable e Syntax Enable packing information on a router and switch. sflow extended-router [extended-switch] enable To disable packing information, use the no sflow extended-router [extended-switch] enable command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands extended-switch Enter the keyword extended-switch to collect extended switch information.
PAGE 1361
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduces on S-Series Stacking Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series FTOS 7.8.1.
PAGE 1362
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Related Commands The polling interval for an interface is the maximum number of seconds between successive samples of counters to be sent to the collector. This command changes the global default counter polling (20 seconds) interval. You can configure an interface to use a different polling interval.
PAGE 1363
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands value Enter the sampling rate value. Range: C-Series and S-Series: 256 to 8388608 packets E-Series TeraScale and ExaScale: 2 to 8388608 Enter values in powers of 2 only; for example 4096, 8192, 16384, etc. Default: 32768 packets 32768 CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduces on S-Series Stacking Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1364
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduces on S-Series Stacking Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series This command changes the sampling rate for an Interface.
PAGE 1365
Usage Information The dropEvent counter (sFlow samples dropped due to sub-sampling) shown in red in the example above will always display a value of zero. Example FTOS#show sflow sFlow services are enabled Global default sampling rate: 32768 Global default counter polling interval: 20 1 collectors configured Collector IP addr: 133.33.33.53, Agent IP addr: 133.33.33.
PAGE 1366
| sFlow www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1367
Simple Network Management Protocol and Syslog Overview This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor SNMP v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on the C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, and Z-Series platforms, as indicated by the following symbols under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, . or z Z-Series.
PAGE 1368
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Important Points to Remember • • • • • • Typically, 5-second timeout and 3-second retry values on an SNMP server are sufficient for both LAN and WAN applications.
PAGE 1369
Example Related Commands FTOS#show snmp 32685 SNMP packets input 0 Bad SNMP version errors 0 Unknown community name 0 Illegal operation for community name supplied 0 Encoding errors 96988 Number of requested variables 0 Number of altered variables 31681 Get-request PDUs 968 Get-next PDUs 0 Set-request PDUs 61727 SNMP packets output 0 Too big errors (Maximum packet size 1500) 9 No such name errors 0 Bad values errors 0 General errors 32649 Response PDUs 29078 Trap PDUs FTOS# snmp-server community Enable
PAGE 1370
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show snmp group cesz Syntax Command Modes Display the group name, security model, status, and storage type of each group. show snmp group EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following example displays a group named ngroup.
PAGE 1371
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command snmp ifmib ifalias long cesz Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Display the entire description string through the Interface MIB, which would otherwise be truncated to 63 characters.
PAGE 1372
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To remove access to a community, use the no snmp-server community community-string {ro | rw} [security-name name [access-list-name | ipv6 access-list-name | access-list-name ipv6 access-list-name]] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example community-name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) to act as a password for SNMP. ro Enter the keyword ro to specify read-only permission.
PAGE 1373
The command options ipv6, security-name, and access-list-name are recursive. In other words, each option can, in turn, accept any of the three options as a sub-option, and each of those sub-options can accept any of the three sub-options as a sub-option, and so forth.
PAGE 1374
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notification-option] command.
PAGE 1375
If this command is not configured, no traps controlled by this command are sent. If you do not specify a notification-type and notification-option, all traps are enabled. Related Commands snmp-server community Enable SNMP and set the community string. snmp-server engineID cesz Syntax Configure name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router.
PAGE 1376
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands show snmp engineID Display SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router show running-config snmp Display the SNMP running configuration snmp-server group cesz Syntax Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
PAGE 1377
Defaults Command Modes Command History ipv6 access-list -name (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the IPv6 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long) access-list-name ipv6 access-list-name (Optional) Enter both an IPv4 and IPv6 access list name. As defined above CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.10.2 Added access parameter support Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1378
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters ip-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IP address of the host (configurable hosts is limited to 16). ipv6-address Enter the keyword host followed by the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero traps (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword traps to send trap notifications to the specified host.
PAGE 1379
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.4.1.0 Support was added for VRRP traps. Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series; Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information In order to configure the router to send SNMP notifications, you must enter at least one snmp-server host command.
PAGE 1380
www.dell.com | support.dell.com To delete the SNMP location, enter no snmp-server location. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History text Enter an alpha-numeric text string, up to 55 characters long. Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1381
Parameter Defaults Command Modes Command History interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 1382
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters name Enter the name of the user (not to exceed 20 characters), on the host, that connects to the agent. group_name Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the group. Defaults: The following groups are created for mapping to read/write community/security-names.
PAGE 1383
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.10.2 Added access parameter support Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information Note: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP; TCP, ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs port rules are not valid for SNMP.
PAGE 1384
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded}} command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters). included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view.
PAGE 1385
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information If the interface is expected to flap during normal usage, you could disable this command.
PAGE 1386
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Related Commands show logging Display logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer.
PAGE 1387
Related Commands logging console Set the logging console parameters. default logging monitor cesz Return to the default settings for messages logged to the terminal. Syntax default logging monitor Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1388
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax logging {ipv4-address | ipv6-address | hostname} To disable logging, enter no logging. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter an IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) address. hostname Enter the name of a host already configured and recognized by the switch. Disabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6.
PAGE 1389
Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information Related Commands When you decrease the buffer size, all messages stored in the buffer are lost. Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer. clear logging Clear the logging buffer.
PAGE 1390
www.dell.com | support.dell.com logging facility cesz Syntax Configure the Syslog facility, used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, enter no logging facility. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History facility-type (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following parameters.
PAGE 1391
logging history cesz Syntax Specify which messages are logged to the history table of the switch and the SNMP network management station (if configured). logging history level To return to the default values, enter no logging history. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following equivalent words: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 4.
PAGE 1392
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information Related Commands When the number of messages reaches the limit you set with the logging history size command, older messages are deleted as newer ones are added to the table. show logging history Display information logged to the history buffer.
PAGE 1393
To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, enter no logging on. Defaults Command Modes Command History Enabled CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Usage Information Related Commands When you enter no logging on, messages are logged only to the console. logging Enable logging to Syslog server.
PAGE 1394
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For an 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383.
PAGE 1395
Parameters Defaults Command Modes all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level followed by a number as the severity level. A high number indicates a low severity level and visa versa. Range: 0 to 7.
PAGE 1396
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters level Defaults Command Modes Command History Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 6. 6 or informational CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1397
Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series E-Series legacy command Example (partial) FTOS#show logging Syslog logging: enabled Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 5604 Messages Logged, Size (524288 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Oct 8 09:25:37: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Connection with neighbor 223.80.255.254 closed. Hold time expired Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Neighbor 192.200.13.
PAGE 1398
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for S-Series This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed Port-Pipe. terminal monitor cesz Syntax Configure the FTOS to display messages on the monitor/terminal. terminal monitor To return to default settings, enter terminal no monitor.
PAGE 1399
50 S-Series Stacking Commands Overview All commands in this chapter are specific to the S-Series s and platforms as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headers. The commands are always available and operational, whether or not the S-Series has a stacking module inserted. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units.
PAGE 1400
www.dell.com | support.dell.com redundancy disable-auto-reboot s Syntax Prevent the S-Series stack management unit, stack member unit, and standby unit from rebooting if they fail. redundancy disable-auto-reboot [members | 0-11] To return to the default, enter no redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit. The stack-unit range is 0-11. Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Disabled (the failed switch is automatically rebooted). CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 1401
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.1.0 Added hard reset option. Version 7.8.1.0 Augmented to run on the standby unit in order to reset the standby unit directly. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Resetting the management unit is not allowed, and an error message will be displayed if you try to do so. Resetting is a soft reboot, including flushing the forwarding tables. Starting with FTOS 7.8.1.
PAGE 1402
www.dell.com | support.dell.com -- Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Mgmt ID: 0 Stack-unit ID: 0 Stack-unit Redundancy Role: Primary Stack-unit State: Active Stack-unit SW Version: 7.7.1.0 Link to Peer: Up -- PEER Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Stack-unit State: Standby Peer stack-unit ID: 1 Stack-unit SW Version: 7.7.1.
PAGE 1403
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1404
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 50-1. show interfaces description Command Example Fields (continued) Field Description Admin Status The only currently listed status is Up. Connection The stack port ID to which this unit’s stack port is connected Related Commands reset stack-unit Reset the designated S-Series stack member. show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
PAGE 1405
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands 0-11 Enter a stack member identifier, from 0 to 11, of the switch that you want to add to the stack. S25N|S25P|S25V|| S50N|S50V|S4810 Enter the S-Series model identifier of the switch to be added as a stack member. This identifier is also referred to as the provision type. When this value is not set, a switch joining the stack is given the next available sequential stack member identifier. CONFIGURATION Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1406
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands reload Reboot FTOS. reset stack-unit Reset the designated S-Series stack member. show system (S-Series and S4810) Display the current status of all stack members or a specific member. stack-unit stack-group Configure the stacking unit and stacking group by specifying an ID when adding units to a stack to ensure the unit is assigned to the correct group.
PAGE 1407
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands boot Enter this keyword to copy the boot image from the management unit to the designated stack members. system Enter this keyword to copy the FTOS image from the management unit to the designated stack members. all Enter this keyword to copy the designated image to all stack members. 0-11 Enter the unit ID of the stack member to which to copy the designated image.
PAGE 1408
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1409
51 Storm Control Overview The FTOS Storm Control feature allows users to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting, or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Support for particular Dell Force10 platforms (C-Series, E-Series, or S-Series) is indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or .
PAGE 1410
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • When storm control is applied on an interface, the percentage of storm control applied is calculated based on the advertised rate of the line card. It is not based on the speed setting for the line card. Do not apply per-VLAN QoS on an interface that has storm control enabled (either on an interface or globally).
PAGE 1411
Example (E-Series) FTOS#show storm-control broadcast gigabitethernet 11/11 Broadcast storm control configuration Interface Direction Percentage Wred Profile -------------------------------------------------------------Gi 11/11 Ingress 5.6 Gi 11/11 FTOS# Example (C-Series) Egress 5.
PAGE 1412
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1413
Example (C-Series) FTOS#show storm-control unknown-unicast gigabitethernet 3/0 Unknown-unicast storm control configuration Interface Direction Packets/Second ----------------------------------------------Gi 3/0 Ingress 1000 FTOS# storm-control broadcast (Configuration) ces Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network.
PAGE 1414
www.dell.com | support.dell.com storm-control broadcast (Interface) ces Syntax Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). storm-control broadcast [percentage decimal_value in] |[wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [percentage {decimal_value} in] |[wred-profile name]] [packets_per_second in] command.
PAGE 1415
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information No default behavior or values CONFIGURATION (conf) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series only Broadcast traffic (all 0xFs) should be counted against broadcast storm control meter, not against the multicast storm control meter. It is possible, however, that some multicast control traffic may get dropped when storm control thresholds are exceeded.
PAGE 1416
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information percentage decimal_value [in | out] E-Series Only: Enter the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network. Optionally, you can designate a decimal value percentage, for example, 55.5%. Percentage: 0 to 100 0 % blocks all related traffic 100% allows all traffic into the interface Decimal Range: .1 to .
PAGE 1417
Defaults Command Modes Command History wred-profile name E-Series Only: (Optionally) Enter the keyword wred-profile followed by the profile name to designate a wred-profile. packets_per_second in C-Series and S-Series Only: Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. Range: 0 to 33554431 No default behavior or values INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1418
| Storm Control www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1419
52 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) Overview The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d Spanning Tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell Force10 switch/routing platforms, as indicated by the characters under the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or .
PAGE 1420
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value. Range: 0 to 65535. Default: 32768. primary Enter the keyword primary to designate the bridge as the root bridge. secondary Enter the keyword secondary to designate the bridge as a secondary root bridge. priority-value = 32768 SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-stp”.) Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.
PAGE 1421
Usage Information Related Commands When you enable debug spanning-tree bpdu for multiple interfaces, the software only sends information on BPDUs for the last interface specified. protocol spanning-tree Enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. description ces Syntax Enter a description of the Spanning Tree description {description} To remove the description from the Spanning Tree, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1422
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands protocol spanning-tree Enter SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay ces Syntax The amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, enter no forward-delay. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands seconds Enter the number of seconds the FTOS waits before transitioning STP to the forwarding state.
PAGE 1423
Command History Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series forward-delay Change the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age Change the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information.
PAGE 1424
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes stp-id Not configured. CONFIGURATION Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series Example Usage Information Enter zero (0). FTOS supports one Spanning Tree group, group 0. FTOS(conf)#protocol spanning-tree 0 FTOS(config-stp)# STP is not enabled when you enter the SPANNING TREE mode.
PAGE 1425
Parameters 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific Spanning Tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in Spanning Tree group 0. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a synopsis of the Spanning Tree group configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an STP interface and the current port state.
PAGE 1426
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example FTOS#show spann 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1427
Table 52-1. show spanning-tree 0 Command Information Field Description “Number of...” Displays the number of topology changes, the time of the last topology change, and on what interface the topology change occurred. “Timers” Lists the values for the following bridge timers: hold time, topology change, hello time, max age, and forward delay. “Times” List the number of seconds since the last: • hello time • topology change • notification • aging “Port 1...
PAGE 1428
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 52-2.
PAGE 1429
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.10.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced the loopguard and rootguard options on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced shutdown-on-violation option. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced.
PAGE 1430
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1431
53 System Time and Date Overview The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using FTOS, or the hardware, or using the Network Time Protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For details, the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the FTOS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1432
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • show ntp status calendar set ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Set the time and date for the switch hardware clock. calendar set time month day year time Enter the time in hours:minutes:seconds. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format, for example, 17:15:00 is 5:15 pm. month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year.
PAGE 1433
clock read-calendar ces Syntax Set the software clock on the switch from the information set in hardware clock (calendar). clock read-calendar Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series In the switch, the hardware clock is separate from the software and is called the calendar.
PAGE 1434
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series Example Usage Information FTOS#clock set 16:20:00 19 may 2001 FTOS# You can change the order of the month and day parameters to enter the time and date as time day month year. You cannot delete the software clock. The software clock runs only when the software is up. The clock restarts, based on the hardware clock, when the switch reboots.
PAGE 1435
Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format, example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. Range: 1993 to 2035. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. Range: 1 to1440. Default: 60 minutes Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1436
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands start-day Enter the name of the day that you want daylight saving time to begin. Use English three letter abbreviations, for example, Sun, Sat, Mon, etc. Range: Sun – Sat start-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format, example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm.
PAGE 1437
Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, enter no clock timezone. Parameters Default Command Modes Command History Usage Information timezone-name Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: • a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to UTC for the timezone. • a minus sign (-) followed by a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1438
www.dell.com | support.dell.com debug ntp ces Syntax Display Network Time Protocol (NTP) transactions and protocol messages for troubleshooting. debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} To disable debugging of NTP transactions, use the no debug ntp {adjust | all | authentication | events | loopfilter | packets | select | sync} command.
PAGE 1439
Usage Information Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for E-Series You also must configure an authentication key for NTP traffic using the ntp authentication-key command. ntp authentication-key Configure authentication key for NTP traffic. ntp trusted-key Configure a key to authenticate ntp authentication-key ces Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Specify a key for authenticating the NTP server.
PAGE 1440
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands ntp authenticate Enables NTP authentication. ntp trusted-key Configure a trusted key. ntp broadcast client ces Syntax Set up the interface to receive NTP broadcasts from an NTP server. ntp broadcast client To disable broadcast, enter no ntp broadcast client. Defaults Command Modes Command History Disabled INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1441
Syntax ntp multicast client [multicast-address] To disable multicast reception, use the no ntp multicast client [multicast-address] command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History multicast-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a multicast address. Enter either an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format or an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format. If you do not enter a multicast address, the address 224.0.1.
PAGE 1442
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information You can configure multiple time serving hosts (up to 250). From these time serving hosts, the FTOS will choose one NTP host with which to synchronize. Use the show ntp associations to determine which server was selected. Since a large number of polls to NTP hosts can impact network performance, Dell Force10 recommends that you limit the number of hosts configured. Related Commands show ntp associations Displays NTP servers configured and their status.
PAGE 1443
Syntax ntp trusted-key number To delete the key, use the no ntp trusted-key number command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands number Enter a number as the trusted key ID. Range: 1 to 4294967295. Not configured. CONFIGURATION Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1444
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show calendar ces Syntax Command Modes Display the current date and time based on the switch hardware clock. show calendar EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Support added for S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Support added for C-Series pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 1445
Example (detail) Related Commands FTOS#show clock detail 12:18:10.691 UTC Wed Jan 7 2009 Time source is RTC hardware Summer time starts 02:00:00 UTC Sun Mar 8 2009 Summer time ends 02:00:00 ABC Sun Nov 1 2009 FTOS# clock summer-time recurring Display the time and date from the switch hardware clock. show calendar Display the time and date from the switch hardware clock. show ntp associations ces Syntax Command Modes Display the NTP master and peers.
PAGE 1446
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 53-1. Related Commands show ntp associations Command Fields Field Description st Displays the peer’s stratum, that is, the number of hops away from the external time source. A 16 in this column means the NTP peer cannot reach the time source. when Displays the last time the switch received an NTP packet. poll Displays the polling interval (in seconds). reach Displays the reachability to the peer (in octal bitstream).
PAGE 1447
Table 53-2. Related Commands show ntp status Command Example Information Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...” Displays the frequency (in ppm), stability (in ppm) and precision (in Hertz) of the clock in this system. “reference time is...” Displays the reference time stamp. “clock offset is...
PAGE 1448
| System Time and Date www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1449
54 VLAN Stacking Overview With the VLAN-Stacking feature (also called Stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. This feature is supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 platforms as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series, or .
PAGE 1450
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • If STP is enabled across the Stackable VLAN network, STP BPDUs from the customer’s networks are consumed and not tunneled across the Stackable VLAN network unless protocol tunneling is enabled. Note: For details on protocol tunneling on the E-Series, refer to Chapter 47, Service Provider Bridging. • • • • • Layer 3 protocols are not supported on a Stackable VLAN network.
PAGE 1451
Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Usage Information Related Commands 0|1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color. green | red | yellow Choose a color: • Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped. • Yellow: Lower priority packets that are treated as best-effort. • Red: Lowest priority packets that are always dropped (regardless of congestion status). Disabled; Packets with an unmapped DEI value are colored green. INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1452
www.dell.com | support.dell.com member ces Syntax Assign a Stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN. The VLAN must contain the vlan-stack compatible command in its configuration. member interface To remove an interface from a Stackable VLAN, use the no member interface command.
PAGE 1453
Command History Version 8.3.1.0 Example Introduced on C-Series and S-Series. FTOS#show interface dei-honor Default Drop precedence: Green Interface CFI/DEI Drop precedence ------------------------------------------------------------Gi 0/1 0 Green Gi 0/1 1 Yellow Gi 8/9 1 Red Gi 8/40 0 Yellow Related Commands dei honor Honor the incoming DEI value by mapping it to an FTOS drop precedence. You may enter the command once for 0 and once for 1.
PAGE 1454
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Mode Command History Usage Information unit-id Enter the stack unit ID. stack-group-id Enter the stack group ID. Range is 0 to 16. [no] Use no stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-id to remove the current stack group configuration. N/A CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.10.
PAGE 1455
vlan-stack compatible ces Syntax Enable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN. vlan-stack compatible To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, enter no vlan-stack compatible. Defaults Command Modes Command History Not configured. CONF-IF-VLAN Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1456
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History c-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword followed by the customer dot1p value that will be mapped to a service provider do1p value. Range: 0 to 7 sp-tag-dot1p value Enter the keyword followed by the service provider dot1p value. Range: 0 to 7 None INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1457
On E-Series TeraScale, the two characters you enter in the CLI for number become the MSB, as shown in Table 54-1. Table 54-1. Configuring a TPID on the E-Series TeraScale number Resulting TPID 1 0x0100 10 0x1000 More than two characters. Configuration rejected. On E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series, four characters you enter in the CLI for number are interpreted as follows: Table 54-2.
PAGE 1458
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Version 7.7.1.0 Functionality augmented for E-Series to enable multi-purpose use of the port. Refer to Usage Information, below. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced for C-Series and S-Series E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to using this command, you must execute the switchport command to place the interface in Layer 2 mode.
PAGE 1459
! interface Vlan 20 no ip address tagged GigabitEthernet 0/42 shutdown FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)#do show vlan Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM Status Description 1 Inactive 20 Active 100 Active FTOS(conf-if-vl-20)# Q Ports * Example (Tagged & Untagged VLANs) T Gi 0/42 M Gi 0/42 FTOS(config)#vlan-stack protocol-type 88A8 FTOS(config)#interface gigabitethernet 3/10 FTOS(conf-if-gi-3/10)#no shutdown FTOS(co
PAGE 1460
| VLAN Stacking www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1461
55 S4810 u-Boot Overview All commands in this chapter are in u-Boot. These commands are supported on the Dell Force10 platform only. To access this mode, hit any key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot: Hit any key to stop autoboot: You enter u-Boot immediately, as indicated by the => prompt. Note: This chapter discusses only a few commands available in uBoot.
PAGE 1462
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Example => printenv baudrate=9600 uboot_filesize=0x80000 bootfile=FTOS-SC-1.2.0.0E3.bin bootcmd=echo Booting primary bootline....;$primary_boot;boot;echo Failed;echo Booting secondary bootline....;$secondary_boot;boot;echo Failed;echo Booting default bootline....;$default_boot;boot;echo Failed;echo Rebooting...;reset bootdelay=5 loads_echo=1 rootpath=/opt/nfsroot hostname=unknown loadaddr=640000 ftpuser=force10 ftppasswd=force10 uboot=u-boot.
PAGE 1463
reset Reload the S4810 system. Syntax Command Modes Command History Usage Information reset uBoot Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. You must save your changes before resetting the system, or all changes will be lost. save Save configurations created in uBoot. Syntax Command Modes Command History Usage Information save uBoot Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. You must save your changes before resetting the system, or all changes will be lost. setenv Configure system settings.
PAGE 1464
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command Modes Command History 1464 | S4810 u-Boot location Enter the location of the image file to be loaded. The keyword f10boot must precede the location when using this command. For example, primary_image f10boot tftp://10.10.10.10/ server ipaddr Enter the keyword ippaddr to configure the system management IP address. ethaddr Enter the keyword ethaddr to configure system management MAC address.
PAGE 1465
56 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Overview Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if used with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link.
PAGE 1466
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands interface interface Specifies one or more downstream interfaces.
PAGE 1467
Usage Information To turn off debugging event messages, enter the no debug uplink-state-group [group-id] command. Related Commands clear ufd-disable Re-enable downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-disabled error state. description s S50 only Syntax Enter a text description of an uplink-state group. description text Parameters Defaults Command Modes text Text description of the uplink-state group. Maximum length: 80 alphanumeric characters.
PAGE 1468
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1469
Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. To disable auto-recovery on downstream links, enter the no downstream auto-recover command. downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enabling the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1470
www.dell.com | support.dell.com s S50 only Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands Enable uplink state group tracking for a specific Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) group. enable Upstream-link tracking is automatically enabled in an uplink-state group. UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. To disable upstream-link tracking without deleting the uplink-state group, enter the no enable command.
PAGE 1471
Related Commands show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enabling the tracking of upstream links. show uplink-state-group s S50 only Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. show uplink-state-group [group-id] [detail] group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
PAGE 1472
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1473
Related Commands show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
PAGE 1474
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Related Commands 1474 Example | downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. uplink-state-group Create an uplink-state group and enabling the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1475
57 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Overview Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) is supported on the platform. Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core or other switches such as Edge, Access or ToR. VLT reduces the role of Spanning Tree protocols by allowing LAG terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop free topology.
PAGE 1476
www.dell.com | support.dell.com • • • • • • • • show vlt role show vlt statistics show vlt statistics igmp-snoop system-mac unit-id vlt domain vlt domain peer-link vlt-peer-lag port-channel back-up Configure the backup link for VLT. Syntax back-up Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 1477
clear vlt statistics Clear the statistics on VLT operations. Syntax Command Modes clear vlt statistics EXEC Command History Version 8.3.12.0 Related Commands show vlt statistics Introduced on S4810 Display statistics on VLT operations. delay-restore Configure the delay in bringing up VLT ports after reload or peer-link restoration between the VLT peer switches. Syntax Parameters delay-restore delay-restore Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 1478
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Defaults Command Modes Usage Information Not configured. CONFIGURATION LACP on VLT ports (on a VLT switch or access device), which are members of the virtual link trunk, is not brought up until the VLT domain is recognized on the access device. During boot-up in a stacking configuration, the system must be able to reach the DHCP server with the image and configuration image.
PAGE 1479
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for peer-down-vlan parameter. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on S4810 Use peer-down-vlan to configure the VLAN from where the VLT peer forwards packets received over the VLTi from an adjacent VLT peer that is down. When a VLT peer with Bare Metal Provisioning (BMP) is booting up, it sends untagged DHCP discover packets to its peer over the VLTi.
PAGE 1480
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1481
show vlt counter Displays the counter information. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Example Example (igmp-snoop) Example (igmp-snoop interface port channel) show vlt counter [arp| igmp-snoop | interface | mac] arp Enter the keyword arp to display the ARP counter information for the VLT. igmp-snoop Enter the keyword igmp-snoop to display the igmp-snooping counter information for the VLT.
PAGE 1482
www.dell.com | support.dell.com show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. Syntax Defaults Command Modes Command History show vlt role Not configured. EXEC Version 8.3.8.
PAGE 1483
---------------HeartBeat Messages Sent: HeartBeat Messages Received: ICL Hello's Sent: ICL Hello's Received: Domain Mismatch Errors: Version Mismatch Errors: Config Mismatch Errors: VLT MAC Statistics ---------------L2 Info Pkts sent:6, L2 Info Pkts Rcvd:3, L2 Reg Request sent:1 L2 Reg Request rcvd:2 930 909 927 910 0 0 0 L2 Mac-sync Pkts Sent:0 L2 Mac-sync Pkts Rcvd:2 L2 Reg Response sent:1 L2 Reg Response rcvd:1 VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info
PAGE 1484
www.dell.com | support.dell.com IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP IGMP Command History Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 Reg Request sent: 1 Reg Request rcvd: 2 Reg Response sent: 1 Reg Response rcvd: 1 PDU Tunnel Pkt sent:5 PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd:10 Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810 system-mac Configure the MAC address for the VLT domain on a VLT peer switch.
PAGE 1485
Command Modes Usage Information VLT DOMAIN When you create a VLT domain on a switch, the FTOS software automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations. Use the unit-id command to explicitly configure the unit ID of a VLT peer. You must configure a different unit ID (0 or 1) on each peer switch.
PAGE 1486
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes Command History Related Commands domain-id Enter the Domain ID number. You must configure the same domain ID on the peer switch. VLT uses the domain ID to automatically create a VLT MAC address for the domain. Range of domain IDs: 1 to 1000. peer-link port-channel Configure the VLT peer link. CONFIGURATION Version 8.3.8.0 show vlt Introduced on S4810 Use the show vlt brief command to display the delay-restore value.
PAGE 1487
58 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) is supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: E-Series, C-Series, S-Series, or .
PAGE 1488
www.dell.com | support.dell.com advertise-interval ces Syntax Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. advertise-interval seconds To return to the default settings, enter no advertise-interval. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information seconds Enter a number of seconds. Range: 1 to 255. Default: 1 second. 1 second. INTERFACE-VRRP Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.
PAGE 1489
Command History Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The password is displayed in the show config output if the encryption-type is unencrypted or clear text. If you choose to encrypt the password, the show config displays an encrypted text string. clear counters vrrp ces Syntax Parameters Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations.
PAGE 1490
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1491
disable ces Syntax Disable a VRRP group. disable To re-enable a disabled VRRP group, enter no disable. Defaults C and S-Series default: VRRP is enabled. E-Series default: VRRP is disabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands VRRP Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1492
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information Related Commands If a switch is a MASTER and you change the hold timer, you must disable and re-enable VRRP for the new hold timer value to take effect. disable Disable a VRRP group. preempt ces Syntax Permit a BACKUP router with a higher priority value to preempt or become the MASTER router. preempt To prohibit preemption, enter no preempt. Defaults Command Modes Command History Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router).
PAGE 1493
Usage Information To guarantee that a VRRP group becomes MASTER, configure the VRRP group’s virtual address with same IP address as the interface’s primary IP address and change the priority of the VRRP group to 255. If you set the priority to 255 and the virtual-address is not equal to the interface’s primary IP address, an error message appears. show config ces Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example View the non-default VRRP configuration.
PAGE 1494
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Command Modes vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the Virtual Router Identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. Range: 1 to 255. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 1495
Table 58-1. Example Command Example Descriptions: show vrrp brief Item Description State Displays the operational state of the interface by using one of the following: • NA/IF (the interface is not available). • MASTER (the interface associated with the MASTER router). • BACKUP (the interface associated with the BACKUP router). Master addr Displays the IP address of the MASTER router. Virtual addr(s) Displays the virtual IP addresses of the VRRP routers associated with the interface.
PAGE 1496
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 58-2. Command Example Description: show vrrp Hold Down:... This line displays additional VRRP configuration information: • Hold Down displays the hold down timer interval in seconds. • Preempt displays TRUE if preempt is configured and FALSE if preempt is not configured. • AdvInt displays the Advertise Interval in seconds. Adv rcvd:... This line displays counters for the following: • Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface.
PAGE 1497
Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from 0 to 16383.
PAGE 1498
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters Defaults Command Modes ip-address1 Enter an IP address of the virtual router in dotted decimal format. The IP address must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. ... ip-address12 (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 11 additional IP addresses of virtual routers in dotted decimal format. Separate the IP addresses with a space. The IP addresses must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. Not configured.
PAGE 1499
Usage Information This command applies to a single interface.When used in conjunction with the vrrp delay reload CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: • • Related Commands When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for vrrp.
PAGE 1500
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Related Commands vrrp-group vrrp-id vrrp-id Enter a number as the group ID. Range: 1 to 255. Not configured. INTERFACE Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on S4810 Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on C-Series pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on E-Series The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured.
PAGE 1501
clear counters vrrp ipv6 ecs Syntax Parameters Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. clear counters vrrp ipv6 [vrid | vrf instance] vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group. Range: 1 to 255 vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series only: Enter the name of a VRF instance (32 characters maximum) to clear the counters of all IPv6 VRRP groups in the specified VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series.
PAGE 1502
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Usage Information Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on S4180 Version 8.3.2.0 Introduced on E-Series TeraScale If no options are specified, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. show vrrp ipv6 ecs Syntax Parameters Command Modes View the IPv6 VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the FTOS returns “No Active VRRP group.
PAGE 1503
Example FTOS#show vrrp ipv6 -----------------GigabitEthernet 5/6, IPv6 VRID: 255, Version: 3, Net: fe80::201:e8ff:fe7a:6bb9 VRF: 0 default-vrf State: Master, Priority: 101, Master: fe80::201:e8ff:fe7a:6bb9 (local) Hold Down: 0 centisec, Preempt: TRUE, AdvInt: 100 centisec Accept Mode: FALSE, Master AdvInt: 100 centisec Adv rcvd: 0, Bad pkts rcvd: 0, Adv sent: 64 Virtual MAC address: 00:00:5e:00:02:ff Virtual IP address: 1::255 fe80::255 Table 58-3.
PAGE 1504
www.dell.com | support.dell.com vrrp-ipv6-group ecs Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information Assign an interface to a VRRP group. vrrp-ipv6-group vrid vrid Enter the virtual-router ID number of the VRRP group. VRID range (C-Series and S-Series): 1-255. VRID range (E-Series): 1-255 when VRF microcode is not loaded and 1-15 when VRF microcode is loaded. Not configured. INTERFACE Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 1505
59 S-Series Debugging and Diagnostics The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by FTOS on all Dell Force10 platforms, as indicated by the characters that appear under each of the command headings: e E-Series, c C-Series, s S-Series (S25/S50), or . This chapter contains three sections: • • • Offline Diagnostic Commands Buffer Tuning Commands Hardware Commands Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware.
PAGE 1506
www.dell.com | support.dell.com diag stack-unit s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Run offline diagnostics on a stack unit. diag stack-unit number [alllevels | level0 | level1 | level2] verbose testname number Enter the stack-unit number. Range: 0 to 7 alllevels Enter the keyword alllevels to run the complete set of offline diagnostic tests. level0 Enter the keyword level0 to run Level 0 diagnostics.
PAGE 1507
Command Mode Command History EXEC Privilege H Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on Z9000 Version 8.2.1.0 Added warning message to off-line diagnostic Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on S-Series show environment (S-Series) View S-Series system component status (for example, temperature, voltage). Related Commands H Usage Information You cannot enter this command on a Master or Standby unit. The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This is an automatic process.
PAGE 1508
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Buffer Tuning Commands The buffer tuning commands are: • • • • • • buffer (Buffer Profile) buffer (Configuration) buffer-profile (Configuration) buffer-profile (Interface) show buffer-profile show buffer-profile interface Warning: Altering the buffer allocations is a sensitive operation. Do not use any buffer tuning commands without first contacting the Dell Force10 Technical Assistance Center.
PAGE 1509
Defaults Command Mode Command History Related Commands queue2 number Enter this keyword to allocate an amount of buffer space or packet pointers to Queue 2. Dedicated Buffer Range: 0-2013 Dynamic Buffer Range: FP: 0-2013 CSF: 0-131200 (in multiples of 80) Packet Pointer Range: 0-2047 queue3 number Enter this keyword to allocate an amount of buffer space or packet pointers to Queue 3.
PAGE 1510
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Usage Information If you attempt to apply a buffer profile to a non-existent port-pipe, FTOS displays the following message. However, the configuration still appears in the running-config. %DIFFSERV-2-DSA_BUFF_CARVING_INVALID_PORT_SET: Invalid FP port-set 2 for linecard 2.
PAGE 1511
Usage Information The buffer-profile global command fails if you have already applied a custom buffer-profile on an interface. Similarly, when buffer-profile global is configured, you cannot not apply buffer-profile on any interface. If the default buffer-profile (4Q) is active, FTOS displays an error message instructing you to remove the default configuration using the command no buffer-profile global. You must reload the system for the global buffer-profile to take effect.
PAGE 1512
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Introduced on S-Series Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series Example FTOS#show buffer-profile summary fp-uplink Linecard Port-set Buffer-profile 0 0 test1 4 0 test2 FTOS# Related Commands buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface. show buffer-profile interface cs Display the buffer profile that is applied to an interface.
PAGE 1513
Hardware Commands These commands display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. The commands are: • • • • • • • clear hardware stack-unit clear hardware system-flow hardware watchdog show hardware layer2 acl show hardware layer3 show hardware stack-unit show hardware system-flow clear hardware stack-unit s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Clear statistics from selected hardware components.
PAGE 1514
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Related Commands Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on S-Series show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. clear hardware system-flow s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Related Commands Clear system-flow statistics from selected hardware components.
PAGE 1515
show hardware layer2 acl s Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Display Layer 2 ACL data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. show hardware layer2 acl stack-unit 0-7 port-set 0-1 stack-unit 0-7 Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by 0 to 7 to select a stack ID. port-set 0-1 Enter the keyword port-set with a port-pipe number — 0 or 1. The S25 models of the S-Series have only port-pipe 0. No default behavior EXEC Privilege Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1516
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Parameters stack-unit 0-7 {command-option} Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by 0 to 7 to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered. buffer Enter the keyword buffer, optionally followed by the keywords total-buffer to show the total buffer statistics per stack unit.
PAGE 1517
Example (data plane statistics) Example (party-bus statistics) Version 7.8.1.0 Modified: stack-port keyword range expanded from 49-52 to 0-52; output modified for the cpu data-plane statistics option; the following options were added: drops [unit 0-1 [port 0-27]]; unit 0-1 {counters | details | port-stats [detail] | register} Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1518
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1519
0x0060404c 0x0060504c 0x0060604c 0x0060704c 0x0060804c 0x0060904c 0x0060a04c 0x0060b04c 0x0060c04c 0x0060d04c 0x0060e04c 0x0060f04c 0x0061004c 0x0061104c 0x0061204c 0x0061304c 0x0061404c 0x0061504c 0x0061604c 0x0061704c 0x0061804c 0x0061904c 0x0061a04c 0x0061b04c 0x0061c04c 0x00780000 0x0e700102 0x0e701102 0x0e702102 0x0e703102 0x0e704102 0x0e705102 0x0e706102 0x0e707102 0x0e708102 0x0e709102 0x0e70a102 0x0e70b102 0x0e70c102 0x0e70d102 0x0e70e102 0x0e70f102 0x0e710102 0x0e711102 0x0e712102 0x0e713102 0x0e71
PAGE 1520
www.dell.com | support.dell.com 0x0b70a001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.
PAGE 1521
Example (Per Stack Unit buffer statistics) Example (Per Port buffer statistics for specific port) Example (Queue buffer statistics) Related Commands FTOS(conf)#sh hardware stack-unit 0 buffer total-buffer FTOS#sh hardware stack-unit 0 buffer total-buffer ----- Buffer Details for Stack-Unit 0 ----Total Buffers allocated per Stack-Unit 46080 FTOS(conf)#sh hardware stack-unit 0 buffer unit 0 port 1 buffer-info ----- Buffer Stats for Unit 0 Port 1 ----Maximum Shared Limit for the Port: 30720 Default Packet
PAGE 1522
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Command History Example (layer2 counters) Example (layer2 non-counters) Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1523
############## FP Entry for redirecting LACP traffic to CPU Port ############ EID 2045: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x02, prio=0x7fd, flags=0x82, Installed tcam: color_indep=0, higig=0, higig_mask=0, KEY=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 0180c200 00020000 00000000 00000000 , FPF4=0x00 MASK=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 ffffffff ffff0000 00000000 00000000 , 0x00 action={act=Drop, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0
PAGE 1524
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1525
60 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by FTOS. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option, and the next is the message(s) associated with the trap. Table 60-1. SNMP Traps and Error Messages Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1526
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 60-1.
PAGE 1527
Table 60-1.
PAGE 1528
www.dell.com | support.dell.com Table 60-1.
PAGE 1529
Index Numerics 802.3x pause frames 576 A aaa accounting suppress 1281 aaa authentication login 1289 ABR 1047, 1048 Access Control Lists (ACLs) 181 access control lists. See ACL.
PAGE 1530
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1531
Bulk Configuration see interface range 582 Bulk Configuration Macro see interface range macro 585 C calendar set 1432 CAM (Content Addressable Memory) 928 cam ipv4flow command 432 cam l2acl command 435 CAM Profiling Important Points to Remember 418 cam-ipv4flow command 432 cam-l2acl command 435 cam-optimization 421 cam-profile microcode command 421 capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size 314 capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size (BGP IPv6) 778 capture bgp-pdu neighbor 314 capture bgp-pdu neighbor (BGP IPv6) 777 card ty
PAGE 1532
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1533
ROUTER BGP 27 ROUTER ISIS 27 ROUTER OSPF 26 ROUTER RIP 26 SPANNING TREE 25 TRACE-LIST 22 clns host 865 clns host (ISIS) 865 clock read-calendar 1433 clock set 1433 clock summer-time date 1434 clock summer-time recurring 1435 clock timezone 1436 clock update-calendar 1437 Command Modes 21 command modes 16 community port 1150 community VLAN 1149 CONFIGURATION mode 21 configuration, multiple users 16 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 928 contiguous subnet masks 189 continue (Route Map) 251 Control Plane Policin
PAGE 1534
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1535
default-metric (BGP IPv6) 788 default-metric (BGP) 322 default-metric (OSPF) 1055 default-metric (RIP) 1236 define interface range macro 585 delay (Object Tracking) 1028 delete EXEC privilege mode 38 Denial of Service 1334 deny 1334 AS-Path Access list 269 extended IP ACL 197 IP ACL (standard) 189 standard IP ACL 189 Trace list 1334 deny (AS-Path) 269 deny (BGP) 404 deny (Extended MAC ACL) 239 deny (IP Community List) 273 deny (IP prefix ACL) 245 deny (standard MAC ACL) 234 deny arp (extended IP ACL) 199 de
PAGE 1536
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1537
domain-password (ISIS) 873 DOS 1334 dot1p-priority 449, 1174 dot1p-priority (QoS) 1174 dot1x auth-fail-vlan 167, 1311 dot1x auth-server radius 168, 1312 dot1x guest-vlan 169, 170, 172, 1313 dot1x max-eap-req 171, 1314 dot1x port-control 172, 1314 dot1x quiet-period 173, 1315 dot1x reauthentication 173, 1315 dot1x reauth-max 174, 1316 dot1x server-timeout 174, 1316 dot1x supplicant-timeout 175, 1317 dot1x tx-period 175, 1317 download alt-boot-image 39 downstream 1467 downstream auto-recover 1468 downstream d
PAGE 1538
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1539
IS-IS 874 graceful-restart t2 IS-IS 875 graceful-restart t3 IS-IS 875 grep command option 20 grep parameter 20 group (LAG sharing) 631 group (LAG) 631 GVRP 26 GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol) gvrp enable 530 gvrp registration 530 525 H HA commands 535 hardware watchdog 1514 Hash Message Authentication Code (HMAC) hash-algorithm ecmp (C-Series and S-Series) hello padding (ISIS) 877 hello-time 1422 hello-time (MSTP) 990 hello-time (RSTP) 1271 hello-time (STP) 1422 hitless 535 hitless dynamic LACP stat
PAGE 1540
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1541
ip mroute 1004 ip mtu 668 ip multicast-lag-hashing 1005 ip multicast-limit 1006 ip multicast-routing 1005, 1006, 1015 ip name-server 669, 744 ip ospf auth-change-wait-time 1063 OSPF 1063 ip ospf authentication-key 1064 ip ospf cost 1064 ip ospf dead-interval 1065 ip ospf hello-interval 1065 ip ospf message-digest-key 1066 ip ospf mtu-ignore 1067 ip ospf network 1067 ip ospf priority 1068 ip ospf retransmit-interval 1068 ip ospf transmit-delay 1069 ip pim dr-priority 1111, 1133 ip pim query-interval 1114, 11
PAGE 1542
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1543
show route-map 738 ipv6 router isis (ISIS_IPv6) 878 IS-IS isis hello padding 882 isis bfd all-neighbors 285 isis circuit-type 879 IS-IS commands 861 isis csnp 880 isis csnp-interval 880 isis hello padding 882 isis hello-interval 880 isis hello-multiplier 881 isis ipv6 metric 882 isis metric 882, 883 isis network point-to-point 883 isis password 884 isis priority 884 isolated port 1150 isolated VLAN 1149 is-type 885 is-type (ISIS) 885 J Jumpstart mode stopping 415 K keepalive 588 L L2PT (Layer 2 Protocol
PAGE 1544
www.dell.com | support.dell.com LAG failover-group 636 LAG fate-sharing group 636 LAG supergroup 631 LAGs 907 Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT) 1349 lfs enable 589 line 86 linecard 87, 88 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) 907 link debounce interface 589 Link Layer Detection Protocol (LLDP) 955 Link State Advertisements. See LSA.
PAGE 1545
mac learning-limit reset 924 mac learning-limit station-move-violation 924 mac-address-table aging-time 917 mac-address-table static 918 mac-address-table station-move 919 mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp 920 mac-address-table station-move threshold 919 Management interface 581, 754 management route 678 Management static route 678 management unit, S-Series 1401 master unit, S-Series 1400 match as-path (Route Map) 253 match community (Route Map) 253 match extcommunity (BGP) 406 match interface (Rou
PAGE 1546
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1547
neighbor default-originate (MBGP) 387 neighbor description 328, 793 neighbor description (BGP IPv6) 793 neighbor description (BGP) 328 Neighbor Discovery Protocol 1019 neighbor distribute-list 328, 793 neighbor distribute-list (BGP IPv6) 793, 835 neighbor distribute-list (BGP) 329 neighbor distribute-list (MBGP) 387 neighbor ebgp-multihop 329, 794 neighbor ebgp-multihop (BGP IPv6) 794 neighbor ebgp-multihop (BGP) 329 neighbor fall-over (BGP) 330 neighbor filter-list 330, 795 neighbor filter-list (BGP IPv6)
PAGE 1548
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1549
ntp multicast client 1440 ntp server 1441 ntp source 1442 ntp trusted-key 1442 ntp update-calendar 1443 O Object tracking overview 1027 offline stack-unit 1506 offset-list 1244 offset-list (RIP) 1244 online stack-unit 1507 OSPF link-state 1045 output-delay 1245 output-delay (RIP) 1245 P passive-interface IS-IS 891 OSPF 1071 RIP 1245 passive-interface (ISIS) 891 passive-interface (OSPF) 1071 passive-interface (RIP) 1245 password 1294 password, Enable 21 pause frames 576 PBR (Policy-Based Routing) 1355 perm
PAGE 1550
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1551
PROTOCOL GVRP Mode 26 PROTOCOL MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Mode protocol route 678 protocol spanning-tree 1423 protocol spanning-tree mstp 993 protocol spanning-tree pvst (PVST+) 1161 protocol spanning-tree rstp 1272 PROTOCOL VLT DOMAIN Mode 27 protocol, hitless 535 protocol-tunnel 1351 protocol-tunnel enable 1352 protocol-tunnel rate-limit 1353 protocol-tunnel stp 1352 provision type 1405 PVST+ (Per-VLAN Spanning Tree plus) 1159 26 Q QinQ 1449 QoS clear qos statistics 1187 Per Port 1174 Policy-Based 1184 rate
PAGE 1552
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1553
resetting S-Series member unit 1401 revision (MSTP) 994 RFC 1858 378 RFC 3069 1149 RFC 4360 403 RFC-2328 1061 RFCs.
PAGE 1554
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1555
SFM 93 shortest path first (SPF) 1104 show alarms 97 show arp 678, 679 show bfd counters 288 show bfd neighbors 289 show cam layer2-qos (policy QoS) 1206 show cam layer3-qos (policy QoS) 1207 show cam mac linecard 925 show cam mac stack-unit 928 show cam maccheck linecard 926 show cam-acl 423, 424 show cam-ipv4flow command 433 show cam-l2acl command 436 show cam-usage command 428 show capture bgp-pdu neighbor 351 show capture bgp-pdu neighbor (BGP IPv6) 812 show chassis 98 show command-history 99 show confi
PAGE 1556
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1557
show ip bgp ipv4 multicast filter-list (MBGP) 397 show ip bgp ipv4 multicast flap-statistics (MBGP) 397 show ip bgp ipv4 multicast inconsistent-as (MBGP) 398 show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors (MBGP) 399 show ip bgp ipv4 multicast peer-group (MBGP) 401 show ip bgp ipv4 multicast summary (MBGP) 402 show ip bgp ipv6 351, 812 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast 813, 841 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list 842 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community 814, 843 show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list 814, 843 show ip bgp ipv6
PAGE 1558
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1559
show mac cam 934 show mac learning-limit 934 show mac-address-table 930 show mac-address-table aging-time 932 show memory 114, 116 show monitor session 1146 show ntp associations 1445 show ntp status 1446 show port-channel-flow 637 show port-channel-flow command 639 show privilege 1297 show processes cpu 116, 119 show processes memory 126, 129 show processes switch-utilization 131 show protocol-termination-table linecard 702 show protocol-tunnel 1353 show qos class-map 1208 show qos policy-map 1209 show qos
PAGE 1560
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1561
SPF (Shortest Path First) 1053 spf-interval 905 spf-interval (ISIS) 905 split 40G port 626 S-Series master unit 1400 S-Series member unit, resetting 1401 S-Series model identifier 1405 S-Series stacking 1399 S-Series-only commands buffer 1508, 1509 buffer-profile 1510, 1511 diag stack-unit 1506 offline stack-unit 1506 online stack-unit 1507 redundancy disable-auto-reboot rpm 1400 reset stack-unit 1400 show environment 105 show hardware stack-unit 1515 show hardware system-flow 1521 show inventory 109 show m
PAGE 1562
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1563
track ip command 945 track resolution ip route (Object Tracking) 1038 track resolution ipv6 route (Object Tracking) 1043 tracking. See Object tracking. trap, MAC address station-move 919 tree information base (tib) 1131 Troubleshooting 1525 trunk port 1150 trust diffserv 1220 trust ipv6-diffserv 760 Type of Service. See TOS.
PAGE 1564
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1565
Command Index A aaa accounting 1280 aaa accounting suppress 1281 aaa authorization 1284, 1285 Access list access-class 184, 1290 clear counters ip access-group 185 ip access-group 185 show config 183, 268 show ip accounting access-list 187 Access list (extended) deny 197 deny arp 199 deny ether-type 200 deny tcp 205, 1335 deny udp 208 ip access-list extended 210 permit 211, 1338 permit arp 213 permit ether-type 215 permit tcp 218 permit udp 221, 1340 seq 228 seq arp 225 seq ether-type 226 Access list (stand
PAGE 1566
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1567
cam-profile l2-ipv4-inacl microcode 421 cam-profile microcode (Config mode) 421 cam-profile unified-default microcode 421 capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size 314, 778 capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv4) 314 capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) 777 cd 34 change bootflash-image 34 channel-member 630 class-map 1186 clear alarms 71 clear arp-cache 651 clear bfd counters 282 clear counters ip access-group 185 clear counters ipv6 access-group 710 clear counters mac access-group 231 clear dampening 570 clear frrp 518 clear gvr
PAGE 1568
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1569
duplex (Management) 574 E ecmp-group, ECMP link bundle monitoring 495 ecmp-group, LAG link bundle monitoring 576 enable 75 enable xfp-power-updates 75, 76 end 76 epoch 77 exec-banner 78 exec-timeout 78 exit 79 F failover group, LAG 631 fate-sharing group, LAG 631 FEFD 947 debug fefd 947 fefd 948 fefd disable 949 fefd interval 950 fefd mode 951 fefd reset 952 fefd-global 949 fefd-global interval 950 show fefd 952 fefd 948 fefd mode 951 flow-based enable 1144 flowcontrol 576 format (C-Series and E-Series)
PAGE 1570
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1571
redistribute ospf 895 router isis 896 set-overload-bit 896 show config 897 show isis database 897 show isis hostname 900 show isis interface 900 show isis neighbors 901 show isis protocol 903 spf-interval 905 isis bfd all-neighbors 285 isis hello padding 882 L lacp port-priority 910 lacp system-priority 910 lacp ungroup member-independent vlt 1477 LAG channel-member 630 interface port-channel 632 minimum-links 633 port-channel failover-group 634 show config 634 show interfaces port-channel 635 show port-ch
PAGE 1572
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1573
debug track 1028 delay 1028 description 1029 show running-config track 1030 show track 1030 show track ipv6 route 1039 threshold metric 1032 track 1033 track interface ip route metric threshold 1034 track interface ip route reachability 1035 track interface ip routing 1036 track interface ipv6 route metric threshold 1041 track interface ipv6 route reachability 1042 track interface ipv6 routing 1040 track interface line-protocol 1037 track resolution ip route 1038 track resolution ipv6 route 1043 offline sta
PAGE 1574
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1575
rate limit (QoS) 1175 rate police (QoS) 1177 rate shape (QoS) 463, 505, 506, 508, 856, 1178 rate-interval 598 rate-police 1201 redistribute (BGP IPv6) 840 redistribute (BGP) 347 redistribute (MBGP) 392 redistribute bgp 1074 redistribute isis (BGP) 348 redistribute ospf BGP 349, 811 redistribute ospf (BGP) 349 redistribute ospf (MBGP) 393 Redundancy redundancy primary 539 redundancy protocol 540 show redundancy 543, 1401 redundancy auto-failover-limit 537 redundancy disable-auto-reboot 538, 1400 redundancy f
PAGE 1576
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1577
show fefd 952 show file 46 show file-systems 46 show frrp 523 show garp timers 531 show gvrp 532 show gvrp statistics 533 show hardware layer2 acl 1515 show hardware layer3 1515 show hardware stack-unit 1515 show hardware system-flow 1521 show hosts 682 show interfaces 599 show interfaces configured 606 show interfaces dampening 607 show interfaces debounce 608 show interfaces description 608 show interfaces gigabitethernet phy 611 show interfaces gigabitethernet transceiver 616 show interfaces police (QoS)
PAGE 1578
www.dell.com | support.dell.
PAGE 1579
T TACACS ip tacacs source-interface 1306 tc-flush-standard 1168, 1277 tc-flush-standard (MSTP) 1000 tdr-cable-test 640 Telnet ip telnet server enable 84 ip telnet source-interface 84 telnet 145 telnet-peer-rpm 146 terminal length 147 terminal monitor 1398 terminal xml 148 test cam-usage 429, 733 TFTP ip tftp source-interface 85 threshold 1219 Time Domain Reflectometer show tdr 641 tdr-cable-test 640 timer (FRRP) 524 Trace list clear counters ip trace-group 1334 deny 1334 deny udp 1336 ip trace-group 1337 ip
PAGE 1580
www.dell.com | support.dell.